IPS-G-ME-160(2)
FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect the
views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum and
are intended for use in the oil and gas production
facilities, oil refineries, chemical and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and processing
installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the user.
This addendum together with the relevant IPS
shall form the job specification for the specific
project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the relevant
technical committee and in case of approval will
be incorporated in the next revision of the
standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran.
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
،‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﺋﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر‬.‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي‬،‫و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص‬.‫ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
021-88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org :‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻚ‬
GENERAL DEFINITIONS:
Throughout this Standard the following
definitions shall apply.
COMPANY:
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian Gas Company, National Petrochemical
Company and National Iranian Oil Refinery And
Distribution Company.
PURCHASER:
Means the "Company" where this standard is a
part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”,
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part
of contract documents.
VENDOR AND SUPPLIER:
Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
CONTRACTOR:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company.
EXECUTOR:
Executor is the party which carries out all or part of
construction and/or commissioning for the project.
INSPECTOR:
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
SHALL:
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
SHOULD:
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
WILL:
Is normally used in connection with the action by
the “Company” rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
MAY:
Is used where a provision is completely
discretionary.
:‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
:‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺜﻞ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬،‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺶ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺮآوردهﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻧﻔﺘﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي‬
.‫اﺟﺮاﺋﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫ﮔﺮوه ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪاي اﻃﻼق‬/‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 IPS-G-ME-160(2)

0 GENERAL STANDARD
FOR
WATER COOLING TOWERS

SECOND REVISION
OCTOBER 2009

‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻛــﺎﻻ‬

‫ﺑﺮاي‬

‫ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب‬

‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ دوم‬
1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬

This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of
Petroleum. All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither
whole nor any part of this document maybe disclosed to any
third party, reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or
transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior
written consent of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬،‫از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)

CONTENTS: Page :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

No.
1. SCOPE................................................................ 4
4 ..................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. REFERENCES .................................................. 4
4 ............................................................. ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS............... 6
6 ............................................... ‫ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت در اﺳﻨﺎد‬-3
4. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ......... 7
7 ................................................ ‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-4
4.1 Service Conditions ....................................... 7
7 .......................................... ‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي‬1-4
5. UNITS ................................................................. 7
7 ............................................................ ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-5
PART 1 ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬1 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
6. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ............................ 8
8 ..................................................‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬-6
6.1 Parameters Involved in the Design of the
Cooling Towers.............................................. 8
‫ ﭘﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي درﮔﻴﺮ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي‬1-6
8 ................................................ ‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
6.2 General Thermal Design ............................. 8
8 ................................. ‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬2-6

6.3 Water Quality Requirements...................... 10

10 ....................................... ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ آب‬3-6
6.4 Water Losses ................................................ 11
11 ................................................... ‫ اﺗﻼف آب‬4-6
6.5 Water Distribution Systems........................ 11
11 ................................... ‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ آب‬5-6
6.6 Winter Operation Design Requirements ... 13
13 .................... ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‬6-6

6.7 Water Basin Design ..................................... 18

18 ..................................... ‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ آب‬7-6
6.8 Sitting, Orientation, Spacing and
Environmental Considerations .................... 21
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬،‫ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ‬8-6
21 ........................................... ‫زﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
6.9 Mechanical and Electrical Equipment....... 25
25 ....................... ‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ و ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬9-6
6.10 Safety Provisions........................................ 31
31 ............................................. ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬10-6

1
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
6.11 Special Requirements ................................ 33
33 .............................................. ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺧﺎص‬11-6
6.12 Performance Tests ..................................... 35
35 .................................... ‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬12-6
6.13 Warranties and Guarantees...................... 35
35 ................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﻬﺪات و ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺎ‬13-6
PART 2 MATERIALS
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬2 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
7. PURPOSE AND GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS............................................. 36
36 ......................................... ‫ﻫﺪف و اﻟﺰﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-7
8. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION ............. 36
36 ...................................................... ‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬-8
8.1 Basin.............................................................. 37
37 ..................................................... ‫ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ‬1-8
8.2 Basin Sump................................................... 37
37 ............................................‫ ﭼﺎﻻب ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ‬2-8
8.3 Cooling Tower Framework (Structure)..... 37
37 .....................(‫ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه )ﺳﺎزه‬3-8
8.4 Casing ........................................................... 38
38 ....................................................... ‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬4-8
8.5 Splash Type Packings .................................. 38
38 ................................. ‫ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﭼﻜﻪ اي‬5-8
8.6 Film Type Packings ..................................... 38
38 ................................. ‫ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ‬6-8
8.7 Spray Nozzles ............................................... 38
38 ................................................. ‫ اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺎ‬7-8
8.8 Louvers ......................................................... 38
38 .................................................... ‫ ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬8-8
8.9 Drift Eliminators.......................................... 39
39 ........................... ‫ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي آب ﻫﻤﺮاه‬9-8
8.10 Blade of Axial Flow Type Fans................. 39
39 ..........................‫ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺤﻮري‬10-8
8.11 Blade of Centrifugal Flow type Fans........ 39
39 ............................ ‫ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬11-8
8.12 Fan Hub ...................................................... 39
39 ........................................... ‫ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻓﻦ‬12-8
8.13 Fan Deck ..................................................... 39
39 ................................................ ‫ ﺳﻜﻮي ﻓﻦ‬13-8

2
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
8.14 Fan Stack (Cylinder) ................................. 40
40 .................................. (‫ دودﻛﺶ ﻓﻦ )اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ‬14-8
8.15 Fan Shaft, Discs, Flexible Coupling,
and Bolting.................................................. 40
‫ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ‬، ‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ دﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻓﻦ‬15-8
40 ........................... ‫اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ و ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه‬
8.16 Hardware (Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Nails,
Lag Screws and Washers).......................... 40
، ‫ ﻣﻴﺦ ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ واﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬، ‫ ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰار )ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‬16 -8
40 ....................... (‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻴﻤﻪ رزوه و واﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬
8.17 Supports and Guards for Mechanical
Equipment, Electric Motor Support,
Ladders, Safety Cages and Gratings ......... 40
، ‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬17-8
‫ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي‬، ‫ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
40 ........................ ‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻒ ﭘﻮش‬
8.18 Packings Supports and Hangers............... 41
41 ................. ‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ‬18-8
8.19 Tower Supports.......................................... 41
41 .................................... ‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮج‬19-8
8.20 Risers, Manifolds, Reducers and
Distributors................................................. 41
‫ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و‬، ‫ ﭼﻨﺪ راﻫﻪ ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ‬20-8
41 .......................................... ‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
8.21 Risers and Trash Racks Including
Frame .......................................................... 41
41 ........ ‫ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ و آﺷﻐﺎل ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ‬21-8
8.22 Gear (Speed Reducer) Casing................... 41
41 ............... (‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ دﻧﺪه )ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬22-8
APPENDICES:
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A INFORMATION TO
BE PROVIDED BY THE
PURCHASER ............................... 42
42 ...... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار آﻣﺎده ﮔﺮدد‬
APPENDIX B INFORMATION TO
BE PROVIDED BY VENDOR.... 47
47 . ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب اﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
APPENDIX C CONSIDERATION ON SOME
FACTORS AFFECTING
RECIRCULATION ...................... 53
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻲ در ﺧﺼﻮص ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ‬
53 ............................................ ‫ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬

3
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
1. SCOPE
This Standard specification covers the
minimum requirements for the water cooling
towers, where is applicable in the refineries and
petrochemical plants with their specific service
conditions. This standard is included in two
parts as follow:
Part 1: Engineering requirements with
exception of civil and structural engineering
matters.
Part 2: Material of different parts and relevant
components.
Note 1:
This is a revised version of the standard
specification by the relevant technical
committee on Mar. 2006, which is issued as
revision (1). Revision (0) of the said standard
specification is withdrawn.
Note 2:
This bilingual standard is a revised version of
the standard specification by the relevant
technical committee on October 2009, which is
issued as revision (2). Revision (1) of the said
standard specification is withdrawn.
Note 3:
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
2. REFERENCES
Throughout this Standard the following dated
and undated standards/codes are referred to.
These referenced documents shall, to the extent
specified herein, form a part of this standard.
For dated references, the edition cited applies.
The applicability of changes in dated references
that occur after the cited date shall be mutually
agreed upon by the Company and the Vendor.
For undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced documents (including any
supplements and amendments) applies.
BSI(BRITISH STANDARDS INSTITUTION)
BS 4235: Part 1 "Specification for
Metric Keys and
Keyways Parallel
and Taper Keys"
4
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب ﻛﻪ در ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﺠﺎت ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ‬.‫وﻳﮋه ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺮ دو ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺸﺮح ذﻳﻞ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻣﻮارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن و‬:1 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫ﺳﺎزه‬
.‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ و اﺟﺰاء ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬:2 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ از اﻳﻦ‬.‫( ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬1) ‫ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي و ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬1385
.‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد داراي اﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬0) ‫ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﻮق‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬1388‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در آﺑﺎن ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ از اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬2) ‫ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1)
:3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار و ﺑﺪون‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬.‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ در‬.‫ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت‬،‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
.‫و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬BSI
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺎرﻫﺎ‬ BS 4235: Part 1
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ و ﺟﺎ ﺧﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﻮازي و‬
"‫ﺧﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
BS 4485: Part 2 (1988) "Water Cooling :‫ "ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب‬BS 4485: Part 2(1988)
Towers : Method for "‫روش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي‬
Performance
Testing"

BS 4485: Part 3(1988) "Water Cooling ‫ "ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب‬BS 4485 Part 3(1988)
Towers (Code of ‫)آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
Practice for Thermal
"(‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ و ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي‬
and Functional
Design)"

BS 4485: Part 4(1996) "Water Cooling ‫ "ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب‬BS 4485 Part 4(1996)
Towers, Code of ‫)آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
Practice for
"(‫ﺳﺎزه و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
Structural Design
and Construction"

BS / ISO 281 "Specification for ‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن ﻫﺎي ﻏﻠﺘﺸﻲ‬ BS/ISO 281
Rolling Bearings- ‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ و‬
Dynamic Load
"‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﺮ‬
Ratings and Rating
Life"

CTI (COOLING TOWER INSTITUTE) (‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬CTI

CTI Bulletin WMS-112 "Pressure ‫ "ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻓﺸﺎري ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎ و اﻟﻮار‬CTI Bulletin WMS-112
Preservation of ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب‬
Lumber for
"‫ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬
Industrial Water
Cooling Towers"

CTI Bulletin NCL-109 "Nomenclature for ‫ "ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ واژهﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي‬CTI Bulletin NCL 109
Industrial Water "‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬
Cooling Towers"

CTI Bulletin ATC-105 "The Design of ‫ " ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬CTI Bulletin ATC-105
Cooling Towers with ‫آب ﺑﺎ اﻟﻮارﻫﺎي از ﻧﻮع داﮔﻼس‬
Douglas FIR
" ‫ﻓﻴﺮ‬
Lumbers"
" ‫ "ﭼﻮب داﮔﻼس ﻓﻴﺮ‬CTI Bulletin STD-114
CTI Bulletin STD-114" Douglas FIR Wood"

AGMA (AMERICAN GEAR (‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪه اﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬AGMA

MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION)
"Gear Specifications" "‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﭼﺮخدﻧﺪه‬
IPS(IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS) (‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS

IPS-E-GN-100 "Engineering Standard for "‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي واﺣﺪ ﻫﺎ‬IPS-E-GN-100
Units"

IPS-E-TP-100 "Engineering Standard for "‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي رﻧﮓ‬IPS-E-TP-100

Paint"

5
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
IPS-M-PM-230 "Material and Equipment ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي‬IPS-M-PM-230
Standard for Special "‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ در ﻣﺼﺎرف ﺧﺎص‬
Purpose Centrifugal Fans"

IPS-M-PM-235 "Material and Equipment ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي‬IPS-M-PM-235

Standard for General "‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ در ﻣﺼﺎرف ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
Purpose Centrifugal Fans"

IPS-E-SF-400 "Engineering Standard for ،‫ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن ﻫﺎ‬،‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﭘﻠﻜﺎن ﻫﺎ‬ IPS-E-SF-400
Industrial Stairs, Ladders, "‫ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎ و دارﺑﺴﺖﻫﺎي ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬
Platforms & Scaffolds"

IPS-E-SF-880 "Engineering Standard for "‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ آب‬ IPS-E-SF-880
Water Pollution Control"

IPS-G-SF-900 "General Standard for Noise ‫ " اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﺮ و ﺻﺪا و‬IPS-G-SF-900
Control and Vibration " "‫ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت‬

IPS-M-EL-132 "Material and Equipment ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي‬IPS-M-EL-132

Standard for Medium and "‫اﻟﻘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ و ﺑﺎﻻ‬
High Voltage Induction
Motors"

IPS-E-PR-755 "Engineering Standard for ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬IPS-E-PR-755

Process Design of Fans and " ‫ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ و دﻣﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
Blowers "

IPS-E-PR-790 "Engineering Standard for ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬IPS-E-PR-790

Process Design of Cooling "‫ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
Towers "

IPS-E-EL-110 "Engineering Standard for ‫ " اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺪوده‬IPS E-EL-110
Hazardous Area " "‫ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك‬

NFPA (NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION (‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ آﺗﺶ‬NFPA

ASSOCIATION)
NFP A 214 "Standard on Water-cooling "‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب‬ NFP A 214
Towers"

ASTM(AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR (‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ آزﻣﻮن و ﻣﻮاد آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASTM

TESTING AND MATERIALS)
ASTM E 84 (2003) "Standard Test Method ‫ " روش آزﻣﻮن اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬ASTM E 84(2003)
for Surface Burning
Characteristics of
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
Building Materials" "‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
1 3. CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS ‫ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت در اﺳﻨﺎد‬-3
In case of conflict between documents relating ‫در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد اﺧﺘﻼف و ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ در اﺳﻨﺎد و ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬
to the enquiry or order, the following priority of ‫ اﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺪارك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻌﻼم ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬
documents shall apply:
:‫ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
- First Priority: Purchase order and .‫ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات آن‬: ‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ اول‬-
variations thereto.

6

- Second Priority: Data sheets
drawings.
- Third Priority: This Standard.
All conflicting requirements shall be referred to
2
the purchaser in writing the purchaser will issue
conforming documentation if needed for
clarification.
4. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
For the purpose of this Standard definitions and
terminology given in BS 4485 Part 2&3 and
CTI Bulletin NCL-109 shall be used.
4.1 Service Conditions
This Standard is prepared to be used for the
technical requirements of the water cooling
towers in the refineries and petrochemical
plants with their specific service conditions.
5. UNITS
This standard is based on International System
of Units (SI), as per IPS-E-GN-100 except
where otherwise specified.
Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
and .‫ داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ و ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬: ‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ دوم‬-
.‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬: ‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﺳﻮم‬-
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت ﻫﺎ در اﺳﻨﺎد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ارﺟﺎع داده‬
‫ ﻣﺪارك‬،‫ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪي را ﺻﺎدر ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-4
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر دﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻫﺪاف اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن اراﺋﻪ‬
CTI Bulletin ‫ و‬BS 4485 Part 2&3‫ﺷﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬NCL-109
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي‬1-4
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺟﻬﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب در ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ و واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﺎص‬
.‫ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-5
‫ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬،(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
PART 1
ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS
6. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
The matters described in this Part of standard
are the minimum requirements which shall be
considered in the design of water cooling
towers.
6.1 Parameters Involved in the Design of the
Cooling Towers
The parameters involved in the design of the
water cooling towers are described in this
Standard and those included in the Appendices
"A" and "B" of this Standard. Appendix "A"
shall be filled up by purchaser and provided to
the Vendor and Appendix "B" shall be filled up
by Vendor and submitted to purchaser along
with other documents.
6.2 General Thermal Design
6.2.1 Thermal design principles
Clause 3 of standard BS 4485: Part 3: 1988
shall be considered.
6.2.2 Type of packings
All requirements having effect on the selected
type of packings shall be reviewed by Vendor
considering the followings and a report shall be
submitted to the purchaser:
a) Packing assembly
Individual packing assemblies shall be
removable and designed to prevent
movement or sagging. If splash type
packings are selected, provisions shall be
made by Vendor for horizontal installation.
b) Optimum design requirements
The type of packings shall be selected to
provide the optimum design requirements.
These optimum design requirements and the
parameters to determine them shall be
specified by Vendor.
8
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
1 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬-6
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎت ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب در ﻧﻈﺮ‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي درﮔﻴﺮ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬1-6
‫ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﭘﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي درﮔﻴﺮ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎي اﻟﻒ و ب آن ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
.‫اﻟﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﻣﺪارك‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬2-6
‫ اﺻﻮل ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬1-2-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد‬1988 ‫ ﺳﺎل‬BS 4485 ‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3 ‫ از ﺑﺨﺶ‬3 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮﻛﻦ‬2-2-6
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ و ﻳﻚ ﮔﺰارش‬
.‫از آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﻔﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ و ﺗﺎب‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ از ﻧﻮع ﭼﻜﻪ اي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه‬.‫ﺑﺮﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ب(اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ و ﭘﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
c) Analysis and temperature of water
The Vendor shall study the design
requirements of cooling tower and propose
the required procedures for water filtration
or treatment, make up water required and
selected type of packings based on
economical and technical evaluation of
different systems to justify the selected type
of packings.
d) Type of cooling tower and its duty
If the cooling tower duty is to cool a certain
amount of warm water in an open circuit
and discharge it to river, lake, sea, or
similar type of disposals, it may be possible
to use splash type packings with adequate
water filtration to eliminate the necessity of
performing frequent washing of packings.
In this case enough space shall be provided
between packings elements.
e) Air pressure drop
Air pressure drop through the packings shall
be optimized to decrease the fans power in
mechanical drought cooling towers and
tower height in natural drought cooling
towers.
f) Cooling tower dimensions
The Vendor shall review the available space
for the cooling tower to select proper type
of packings, because it may be necessary to
use film type packings to fit the cooling
tower in the available space. In this case
proper filtration and treatment of circulating
water and optimum quantity of make up
water shall be used.
g) Minimum water loading
The Vendor shall provide technical
justification in the report that in the selected
type of packings no channeling will happen
when the cooling tower is operating at all
flow rates from minimum to maximum.
6.2.3 Drift eliminators
The type, design and location of drift
eliminators shall be selected in a way as to
provide the following requirements:
9
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ج( آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ و درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت آب‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺟﻬﺖ ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ‬
‫ آب ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮﻛﻦ را ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس‬،‫آب‬
‫ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻨﻲ و اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻮع‬
.‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫د( اﻧﻮاع ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و وﻇﺎﻳﻒ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫اﮔﺮ وﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺮد ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ آب‬
‫ درﻳﺎ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ درﻳﺎﭼﻪ‬،‫ﮔﺮم در ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪار ﺑﺎز و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ آن ﺑﻪ رودﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﭘﺮﻛﻦﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻜﻪاي ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﻔﻲ آب ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺣﺬف‬
‫ در‬.‫ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻜﺮر ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﭘﺮﻛﻦﻫﺎ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ اﺟﺰاء ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻫ( اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻫﻮا‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰان اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻫﻮا از ﻣﻴﺎن ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﺗﻮان ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
،‫و ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﺮج در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫و( اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ آﻧﻜﻪ‬.‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎ دادن ﺑﺮج‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬.‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺿﺮوري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ آب ﮔﺮدﺷﻲ و ﻣﻘﺪار‬
.‫ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ آب ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ز( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺪار آب ﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﮔﺰارش ﺧﻮد ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﺮﻛﻦ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه در ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن از ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ ﻓﺮار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﺗﻔﺎق ﻧﻤﻲ اﻓﺘﺪ‬،‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب ﻫﻤﺮاه‬3-2-6
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬،‫ﻧﻮع‬
.‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺮآورده ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
a) Optimum efficiency to separate water
particles and moisture carried by air to limit
the maximum allowable drift loss to 0.01%
of the design water flow rate for fresh water
services and 0.008% for salty and brackish
water services, unless otherwise specified.
b) They shall be easily removable and
accessible to permit maintenance and repair.
In counterflow type cooling towers, drift
eliminators design shall allow ready access
to distribution system headers, laterals and
nozzles and in crossflow type towers, the
drift eliminator’s design, shall include
removable sections to allow access to the
tower packings area.
c) Effective drift eliminators shall be used
to optimize the drift losses not to create
excessive pressure drop in the air flow path,
which causes either using fans with higher
capacities in mechanical draught cooling
towers or a higher height for natural draught
cooling towers.
6.2.4 Recirculation
A detailed report shall be prepared by the
Vendor and submitted to the purchaser
considering the following points to optimize
the quantity of recirculated air:
a) Clauses 7.3, 5.2.3 and 5.2.4 of BS
4485: Part 3: 1988.
b) Appendix "C" of this Standard.
6.3 Water Quality Requirements
The following elements shall be considered by
the Vendor:
a) Clauses 8.4, 8.6 and 8.7 of BS:4485: Part
3: 1988.
b) Other relevant requirements in this
Standard.
A report shall be prepared by the Vendor and
submitted to the purchaser considering the
above mentioned elements.
10
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫اﻟﻒ( داراي ﺑﺎزده ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ذرات آب و رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮده ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻮا ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز اﺗﻼف‬
‫ درﺻﺪ از ﻧﺮخ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬0/01 ‫آب ﻫﻤﺮاه را ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴﺰان‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬0/008 ‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي آب ﺗﺎزه و‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﻃﻮر‬،‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي آب ﺷﻮر و ﺑﺪﻣﺰه ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ب( آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ راﺣﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ در ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري را ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺎزه‬،‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻌﻜﻮس‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ و‬،‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ آﺳﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪرﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ را ﺑﺪﻫﺪ و در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﻧﻮع ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﺬف‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫اﺟﺎزه دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮج را ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ج( ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي آب ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻣﻮرد‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺗﻼف آب ﻫﻤﺮاه را ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ و در‬
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر زﻳﺎدي را اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎز ﮔﺮدش ﻫﻮا‬4-2-6
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺰارش ﺣﺎوي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻜﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﺎز ﮔﺮدش ﻫﻮا در آن‬
:‫ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3 ‫ از ﺑﺨﺶ‬5.2.4 ‫ و‬5.2.3 ،7.3 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
.1988 ‫ ﺳﺎل‬BS 4485
.‫ب( ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ "ج" اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ آب‬3-6
:‫ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3 ‫ از ﺑﺨﺶ‬8.7‫ و‬8.6,8.4‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
.1988 ‫ ﺳﺎل‬BS 4485
.‫ب( دﻳﮕﺮ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺰارش ﻛﻪ در آن ﻣﻮارد ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ در‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
In this report optimum selected procedures and
designs to have the best cooling tower
operation from economical and technical
points of view shall be stated.
6.4 Water Losses
Water losses from the cooling tower consist of:
a) Evaporation losses(1);
b) Purge losses (blow down);
c) Blow out losses;
d) Drift losses.
A report shall be prepared by the Vendor
considering Clause 8.2 of BS 4485: Part 3:
1988 and the following points and submitted to
the purchaser:
This report shall include detailed calculation to
determine above mentioned losses and
provisions foreseen in the design of cooling
tower to optimize and compensate them.
Economical and technical evaluation shall also
be included in this report for different amounts
of the concentration factors, water losses and
water treatment and filtration procedures and
the selected ones shall be specified too. It is
notable that price evaluation of all effective
factors such as make-up water, equipment, etc.
shall be done in this report.
Note:
The evaporation losses shall not exceed 2.7%
of the total circulating water flow rate.
6.5 Water Distribution Systems
The following factors shall be considered:
a) distribution
They shall be designed in a way to have an
even water distribution over packings.
b) Capacity
All pipings and relevant equipment shall be
designed for 120% capacity.
c) Film type packing
For cooling towers with film type packings,
spray nozzles shall be used for water
distribution over packings.
11
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫در اﻳﻦ ﮔﺰارش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺮاي داﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺮ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي و ﻓﻨﻲ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺗﻼف آب‬4-6
:‫اﺗﻼف آب در ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( اﺗﻼف ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫ب( اﺗﻼف دور رﻳﺰ‬
‫ج( اﺗﻼف ﺑﺮون ﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫د( اﺗﻼف ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از آب ﻫﻤﺮاه‬
3 ‫ از ﺑﺨﺶ‬8.2 ‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺰارش ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ و ﻧﻜﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﺑﻪ‬1988 ‫ ﺳﺎل‬BS 4485 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﮔﺰارش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﺗﻼف‬
‫ﻓﻮق و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﮔﺰارش‬.‫ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺎزي و ﺟﺒﺮان آﻧﻬﺎ را ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻫﺎي اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي و ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ و ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن‬،‫ اﺗﻼف آب‬،‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺿﺮاﻳﺐ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ‬
‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ذﻛﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬.‫آب و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮع اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و‬،‫ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ آب ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬
.‫ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﺰارش آورده ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻧﺮخ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ‬2/7 ‫اﺗﻼف ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ آب‬5-6
:‫ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرﺗﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺮوي‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ب( ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬120 ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺎ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ج( ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ )ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ آب روي ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
d) Splash type packing
For cooling towers with splash type
packings, proper nozzles or splash plates
shall be used.
e) Spray nozzles
Spray nozzles shall be self draining, non-
clogging type.
f) Mating piping connection
Inlet water piping furnished by Vendor shall
terminate with flanged connections. Flange
rating and facing and the orientation and
elevation of the connections will be
specified where necessary to match
purchaser’s mating piping connection.
g) For counterflow cooling towers:
- A separate central header shall be
provided on each cell complete with
laterals, fittings and spray nozzles.
- Headers and laterals shall be provided
with cleaning access or flush-out facilities
depending on the purchaser’s approval.
- Distribution systems shall incorporate
means of accommodating pressure surges.
h) For crossflow cooling towers
- Each water distribution basin shall be fed
through a flow control valve. Valves shall
be mounted external to the distribution
header unless otherwise.
- Water distribution basins shall be covered
to exclude sunlight. Covers shall be
removable to permit access and periodic
inspection unless otherwise.
i) Partitions
It is preferable that a tower be easily
divisible into maintenance areas. in the case
of multi-cell towers, each cell water system
shall be separately controlled.In natural
draught towers, maintenance may be based
on one-half of a tower being taken out of
commission by permanent dividing walls
and valving of the distribution system. The
cold water basin should be similarly
divided.
12
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫د( ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﭼﻜﻪ اي‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﭼﻜﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﺎزل‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﭼﻜﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻫ( اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺎ‬
.‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬
‫و( ﻫﻤﺨﻮاﻧﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ آب ورودي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه آﻣﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ رده و ﻧﻮع ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز‬.‫ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ و ارﺗﻔﺎع اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
.‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻫﻤﺨﻮاﻧﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ز( ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻌﻜﻮس‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺳﻠﻮل ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰي ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ‬-
.‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺎ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‬-
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ و‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻳﺎ اﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮاﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﺬب ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎري‬-
.‫ﻧﺎﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻪ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ح( ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬-
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎرج از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﻌﻪ ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ‬-
‫ در ﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻣﻜﺎن‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ دوره اي را ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬
.‫دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ط( دﻳﻮاره ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮج ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪن‬
‫ در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ آب ﻫﺮ ﺳﻠﻮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﺠﺰا ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻤﻲ از ﺑﺮج ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ دﻳﻮاره ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه داﺋﻤﻲ و ﺷﻴﺮ‬
.‫ از ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﮔﺬاري ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬،‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ آب ﺳﺮد‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
In mechanical induced draught cooling
towers the followings shall be considered:
- Towers consisting of two or more cells
shall be provided with transverse partition
walls.
The walls shall extend from the normal
water level to the fan deck to permit each
cell to be taken out of service without
affecting the operation and capacity of other
cells.
- Individual cells serving with two or more
fans shall be provided with partition walls.
The walls shall be centered between fans,
extending from the fan deck to the top of
the packing, to minimize the recirculation
of air and by passing of the packing when
one or more fans are not operating.
In mechanical draught counterflow cooling
towers, individual cells serviced by one fan
and having more than one louver face shall
be provided with a partition wall. The
partition shall extend from the normal water
level in the basin to the elevation of the top
of the air inlet louver and shall be so located
as to prevent air from blowing from one
louver face through the other louver face.
6.6 Winter Operation Design Requirements
If considering the following factors
necessitates provisions to face with freezing
and icing hazards, one or a combination of the
methods described in the following Clauses of
6.6.1 to 6.6.7 shall be employed in the design
of cooling tower:
a) weather conditions prevailing at site;
b) design requirements of the cooling tower
such as type, counterflow or crossflow,
range, approach and air and water flow
rates;
c) water distribution system;
d) water basin design and its location;
e) stagnant points in any part of the cooling
tower;
13
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻠﻮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دﻳﻮاره ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬2 ‫ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي داراي‬-
.‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫دﻳـــﻮاره ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻄــــﺢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل آب ﺗﺎ ﺳﻜﻮي ﻓﻦ اﻣﺘﺪاد‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻠﻮل ﺑﺪون اﺛﺮ ﮔﺬاري ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد و‬
.‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻠﻮل ﻫﺎ از ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺧﺎرج ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﻓﻦ ﻛﺎر‬2 ‫ در ﺳﻠﻮل ﻫﺎي اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬-
‫ دﻳﻮاره ﻫﺎ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻳﻮاره ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در وﺳﻂ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ و از ﺳﻜﻮي ﻓﻦ ﺗﺎ روي‬
‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﻦ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻫﻮا و ﻋﺒﻮر آن از ﻛﻨﺎر‬
.‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺷﻮد‬
،‫در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻮل ﻫﺎي اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻦ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ و داراي‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻳﻚ دﻳﻮار‬
‫ دﻳﻮاره ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل آب‬.‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ و‬.‫در ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻي ورودي ﻫﻮاي ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮ اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ ﺟﻠﻮي وزش ﻫﻮا را از ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
.‫ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ دﻳﮕﺮ آن ﺑﮕﻴﺮد‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‬6-6
‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ زﻳﺮ ﻣﺎ را ﻣﻠﺰم ﺑﻪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪات‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺮات اﻧﺠﻤﺎد و ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬1-6-6 ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ از روﺷﻬﺎي ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ از‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬7-6-6
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آب و ﻫﻮاي ﻏﺎﻟﺐ در ﻣﺤﻞ؛‬
‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬،‫ب( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ روش و ﻧﺮخ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا و‬،‫ ﻣﺤﺪوده‬،‫ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫آب؛‬
‫ج( ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ آب؛‬
‫د( ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ آب و ﻣﺤﻞ آن؛‬
‫ﻫ( ﻧﻘﺎط ﺑﺪون ﺣﺮﻛﺖ در ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ؛‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
f) other factors.
A complete and comprehensive report about
the required provision shall be prepared by the
Vendor and submitted to the purchaser. In this
report all above mentioned factors shall be
discussed and provisions provided to face with
freezing and icing hazard shall be stated.
6.6.1 Two speed fans and fans stopping
In order to decrease the air flow rate through
the forced draught or fan assisted natural
draught cooling towers, the following two
steps according to the degree of freezing
hazard may be implemented:
Step 1: Reducing the fans speed of two speed
type.
Step 2: Stopping proper number of fans.
6.6.2 Fans reversing and speed control
In the induced type cooling towers fans
reversing will cause warm air passing through
the inlet air area and eliminating ice or freezing
hazard. Using fans with variable multispeed
motors in the mechanical draught type cooling
towers, the air flow rate can be decreased by
reducing the fan speed as required to eliminate
the icing and freezing hazard.
6.6.3 Variable pitch
Using variable pitch fans may be a solution to
face with icing and freezing hazard.
6.6.4 Preheating the inlet air to the packings
using hot water bypass
In order to warm the inlet air to the cooling
tower to eliminate the freezing hazard a proper
portion of inlet warm water may be bypassed
into the air inlet path. Typical arrangement of
this method is shown in Fig. 1. In this case
water jets shall be used and using water sprays
are not allowed.
Generally by pass shall operate under a
pressure head of not less than 2 m (having
allowed for friction losses), the nozzles shall
be of a diameter not less than 12 mm, and the
total bypass flow shall be about 25% of the
circulating water flow rate. The effect of anti-
icing piping shall be considered in the design
of the cooling tower.
14
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫و( ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﮔﺰارش ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و ﺟﺎﻣﻊ درﺑﺎره ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪات ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﺰارش ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ‬.‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺤﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪات در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻧﺠﻤﺎد و ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي دوﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ و ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ‬1-6-6
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﺮخ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا درون ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
‫ دو ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ‬،‫ﻛﻮران اﺟﺒﺎري ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻓﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺎس ﻣﻴﺰان ﺧﻄﺮ اﻧﺠﻤﺎد ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﻦ در ﻧﻮع دو ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ‬:1 ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ از ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ‬:2 ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﻓﻦ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬2-6-6
‫ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻛﺮدن ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻓﻦ‬،‫در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪن ﻫﻮاي ﻋﺒﻮري از ﺳﻄﺢ ورودي ﻫﻮا و از ﺑﻴﻦ رﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﻦﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬.‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ اﻧﺠﻤﺎد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮدش ﻫﻮا ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﻦ ﺑﻪ‬،‫روش ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺟﻬﺖ از ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮدن ﺧﻄﺮ ﻳﺦ ﻳﺰدﮔﻲ و اﻧﺠﻤﺎد‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﺮه ﺑﺎ زاوﻳﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬3-6-6
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي داراي ﭘﺮه ﺑﺎ زاوﻳﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ راه ﺣﻞ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻧﺠﻤﺎد و ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻫﻮاي ورودي ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ‬4-6-6
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر آب ﮔﺮم‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻫﻮاي ورودي ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ از آب ﮔﺮم ورودي‬،‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺬف ﺧﻄﺮ اﻧﺠﻤﺎد‬
‫ آراﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ اﻳﻦ روش‬.‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ از ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﻮاي ورودي ﮔﺬر ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﺟﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬1 ‫در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.‫ﺑﻜﺎر رود و اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺎي آب ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬2 ‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻓﺸﺎري ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ارﺗﻔﺎع )ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي اﻓﺖ اﺻﻄﻜﺎﻛﻲ( ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻛﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﺪود‬12 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ اﺛﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ‬.‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬25
.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
 ‫آﺑﺎن ‪Oct 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-160(2‬‬

‫ﻫﺪر ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺪر ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬

‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬

‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ‬

‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺟﻬﺖ‬

‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻒ( ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻮران ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬ ‫ب( ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﭘﺮده آب اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ زاوﻳﻪ ﻫﻮاﻛﺶﻫﺎ‬

‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ‬

‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا‬

‫ج( ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﭘﺮده آب اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه‬

‫‪Fig. 1‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪1-‬‬

‫‪6.6.5 Adjustable inlet air louvers‬‬
‫‪For reducing the air flow through the cooling‬‬
‫‪tower, adjustable inlet air louvers may be used.‬‬
‫‪This system shall be operated automatically.‬‬
‫‪6.6.6 Reducing the number of packing cells‬‬
‫‪in operation‬‬
‫‪ 5-6-6‬ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻫﻮاي ورودي‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮاي ﻋﺒﻮري از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻫﻮاي ورودي ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-6-6‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻠﻮل ﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﻛﻦ در ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري‬

‫‪In this method the following points shall be‬‬ ‫در اﻳﻦ روش ﻧﻜﺎت ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪considered:‬‬

‫‪a) Complete isolation of proper numbers of‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ از ﺳﻠﻮل ﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﻛﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪packings cells.‬‬
‫‪b) Avoid any static water in any part.‬‬ ‫ب( ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از اﻳﺠﺎد آب راﻛﺪ در ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ‪.‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
6.6.7 Prevention of basin water from
freezing
To prevent the basin water from freezing,
during shut down of the cooling tower, one of
the methods described in Clauses 6.6.7.1 to
6.6.7.4 shall be used depending on the design
requirements, limitations imposed by available
space and economical reasons:
6.6.7.1 Basin draining
Draining the basin water to a reservoir or to the
drainage system of the plant.
6.6.7.2 Indoor tank method
A typical arrangement of this system which is
also called dry basin operation is shown in Fig.
2. In this System there shall be a continuous
flow of water from basin to an indoor installed
tank at lower level. When the cooling tower
stops, the bypass line shown in the Fig. 2
allows quick drainage of the supply line to the
cooling tower. In this bypass line an
automatically opened control valve shall be
provided to be opened when the cooling tower
stops operation.
16
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ آب ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ‬7-6-6
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ آب ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ در زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺑﻮدن‬
‫ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﻜﻲ از روﺷﻬﺎي ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺘﻬﺎي‬،‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬4-7-6-6 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1-7-6-6
.‫ﻓﻀﺎي در دﺳﺘﺮس و دﻻﻳﻞ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ آب‬1-7-6-6
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ آب ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﺰن ذﺧﻴﺮه ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ آﺑﮕﺬر در‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ روش ﻣﺨﺰن ﺳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه‬2-7-6-6
‫ﻳﻚ آراﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ از اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﻮﺿـﭽﻪ ﺧـﺸﻚ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻳـﻚ‬.‫ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬2 ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن داﺋﻢ آب از ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷـﺪه‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻣﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺮج ﺧﻨـﻚ‬.‫در ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
2 ‫ ﺧﻂ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔـﺬر ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﺪه در ﺷـﻜﻞ‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در‬.‫اﺟﺎزه ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
،‫اﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﺎزﺷﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷـﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎز ﮔﺮدد‬
 ‫آﺑﺎن ‪Oct 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-160(2‬‬

‫ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬

‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر )ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ(‬

‫ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬

‫دور رﻳﺰ‬

‫ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎر ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺳﺮ رﻳﺰ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﺳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه‬

‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪Fig. 2-DRY BASIN OPERATION‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -2‬ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬

‫‪6.6.7.3 Electric immersion heater or steam‬‬
‫‪heating methods‬‬
‫‪Electric or steam heating energy may be used‬‬
‫‪to warm up the basin water.‬‬
‫‪6.6.7.4 By pass circulation method‬‬
‫‪This method prevents both the water in the‬‬
‫‪basin and exposed pipes from freezing which‬‬
‫‪shall have a typical arrangement as shown in‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 3‬ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب در ﻣﺪار‬
‫‪Fig. 3 the flow of water in the by pass‬‬
‫‪circulation circuit shall be 5% of the total‬‬
‫‪water flow rate in the main circulation system.‬‬
‫‪ 3-7-6-6‬ﮔﺮم ﻛﻦ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ روش ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫اﻧﺮژي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ اﻧﺮژي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ آب ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4-7-6-6‬روش ﮔﺮدش از ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر‬
‫در اﻳﻦ روش آب داﺧﻞ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺪون ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺮ دو‬
‫از ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آراﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ اي‬
‫ﮔﺮدش ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ 5‬درﺻﺪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻛﻞ آب در ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮدش اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)

‫ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬

‫ﺑﺎر ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ‬

11 Fig. 3-BY PASS CIRCULATION SYSTEM

‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺮدش ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر‬-3 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

Notes: :‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
The descriptions of the components shown in Fig. 3 :‫ در ذﻳﻞ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬3 ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ اﺟﺰاي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
are as follow:
A = By pass circulation pump ‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﮔﺮدش از ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر‬:A
S = Magnetic starter ‫ آﻏﺎزﮔﺮ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬:S
H = A small instantaneous water heater ‫ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ آب‬:H
V3 = Globe valve ‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺑﻲ‬:V3
V1 = Gate valve ‫ ﺷﻴﺮ دروازه اي‬:V1
C1 = Check valve ‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ‬:C1
25 T = Immersion thermostat ‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور‬:T
T1 = Thermostat and heating cable to protect the ‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از‬:T1
make up line ‫ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ آب ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬
Vo = Gate valve ‫ ﺷﻴﺮ دروازه اي‬:Vo
V2 = Globe valve ‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺑﻲ‬:V2

6.7 Water Basin Design ‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ آب‬7-6

The following factors should be considered in the :‫ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ آب ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
design of water basin:

a) It shall be designed to be located under ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ زﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮار‬
packings area. .‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬

18
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
b) Collecting points of foreign materials shall be
provided in the floor of the cooling tower and if it is
possible, arge capacity clean out drains similar to
what is shown in Fig. 4 shall be provided. The basin
floor shall be properly sloped towards the collecting
points of foreign materials, drain points and the lean
out drains (if provided), to permit removing
sediments and foreign materials. If proper drainage
channel or reservoir for gravity drainage of basin
could not be provided, clean out drains similar to
what is shown in Fig. 4 with a drainage pump shall
be provided to discharge the drained water to safe
drainage or disposal system.
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ب( ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﻒ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد و در ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺎري‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬4 ‫ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻛﻒ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺷﻴﺐ درﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﻘﺎط ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﻧﻘﺎط ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫رﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺟﺎزه ﺧﺮوج رﺳﻮﺑﺎت و ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ را ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ‬
4 ‫ درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬،‫ﻧﺘﻮان ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻳﻚ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ آب‬
.‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ اﻳﻤﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ دﻓﻊ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮد‬

‫درﭘﻮش ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺳﺮ رﻳﺰ‬

‫ﺗﻮري دو ﻻﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري‬

12 Fig. 4 TYPICAL DESIGN OF CLEAN OUT DRAIN

‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ درﻳﭽﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬-4 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

c) Over flow facilities shall be provided in ‫ج( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺳﺮزﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ و ﺗﺎﻧﻚ زﻳﺮ‬
the design of the basin and indoor tank. .‫ﺳﻘﻒ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬

19
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
d) Basin and indoor tank shall be provided with
control valve and level controller connected to
the make up water system to adjust the water
level in them unless otherwise specified.
e) The circulating pump, basin location and
indoor tank location shall be prepared in a way
that available net positive suction head (NPSH)
for pump is more than required NPSH at whole
operating range of the cooling tower.
f) Basin shall be divided, if practicable, into
separate divisions to enable to put each one out
of service without interrupting the operation of
remaining parts. Each basin division shall be
sloped towards collecting points of foreign
materials, from where it shall also be possible
to drain the relevant basin section.
g) The capacity of basin or indoor tank
(depending on the situation) shall be
determined considering the following points:
- Item 8.3.2 of BS 4485: Part 3: 1988.
- The effective water capacity of basin or
indoor tank shall be enough for a minimum of
10 minutes based on the design water flow rate
and normal operating water level.
h) In special cases where there is a high content
of suspended solids in the water, side stream
filtration as shown typically in Fig. 5 may be
provided to filter very small particles subject to
purchaser’s requirement. It shall be sometimes
necessary to provide it along with other proper
filtration and treatment systems.
20
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫د( ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ و ﻣﺨﺰن ﺳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ آب ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ وﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ‬،‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ آب در آﻧﻬﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ و ﺗﺎﻧﻚ زﻳﺮ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻫ( ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﮔﺮدش آب‬
(NPSH)‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻣﻬﻴﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﻜﺶ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮد از ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﻜﺶ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎري ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫و( در ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﺠﺰا ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام از ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎ را ﺑﺪون وﻗﻔﻪ در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ از‬.‫ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه از ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺧﺎرج ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺷﻴﺐ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ از آن ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬،‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ز( ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺰن زﻳﺮ ﺳﻘﻒ )ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻜﺎت زﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
1988 ‫ ﺳﺎل‬3 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬BS 4485 ‫ از‬2،3،8 ‫ ﻣﺎده‬-
‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ آب ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬-
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﻄﺢ‬10‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫آب در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ح( در ﻣﻮارد ﺧﺎص ﻛﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ زﻳﺎدي از ﺟﺎﻣﺪات ﻣﻌﻠﻖ در آب‬
‫ ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻛﻨﺎري ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬،‫وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺻﺎف‬5
.‫ﻛﺮدن ذرات ﺑﺴﻴﺎر رﻳﺰ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ اوﻗﺎت ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
.‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﺻﺎف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
13 Fig. 5 TYPICAL SIDE STREAM FILTERATION SYSTEM
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺻﺎف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب از ﻛﻨﺎر‬-5 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
i) For concrete basins, the water velocity
inside the basin at any point shall not be
less than 0.3 m/sec at full load condition.
6.8 Sitting, Orientation, Spacing and
Environmental Considerations
6.8.1 Sitting, orientation and spacing
6.8.1.1 Tower level
The cooling tower shall be located either
above or below the heat source considering
the following points:
a) The "NPSH" available for pump shall be
more than required "NPSH".
b) It shall be possible to face with the drain
back from the system (when the circulation
system stops), with a proper design without
any flooding and loss of water.
6.8.1.2 Air restrictions
The cooling tower shall be located in a
position to provide a minimum of twice the
area of the tower inlet opening. Air flow
restricting objects may be barriers, equipment,
buildings, enclosures and any other object.
6.8.1.3 Recirculation and orientation of the
cooling tower
Clause 6.2.4 of this Standard shall be
considered.
21
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ آب در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎر‬،‫ط( در ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬0/3 ‫در ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اي از ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺴﺖ‬،‫ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ‬8-6
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬،‫ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ‬1-8-6
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺮاز ﺑﺮج‬1-1-8-6
‫ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﺘﺮ از ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻜﺎت زﻳﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮرد‬NPSH ‫” در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬NPSH”(‫اﻟﻒ‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺎز ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ب( ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﻮاﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ از‬
‫ ﺑﺪون‬،‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ )در زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﺳﺖ( را‬
.‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ و اﺗﻼف آب داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻫﻮا‬2-1-8-6
‫ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دو ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
‫ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺎزل ورودي ﺑﺮج را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺼﺎرﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺎ و ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬،‫ﻫﻮا ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ دﻳﻮاره ﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬3-1-8-6
.‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4-2-6 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
 ‫آﺑﺎن ‪Oct 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-160(2‬‬
‫‪6.8.1.4 Interference‬‬ ‫‪ 4-1-8-6‬ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫‪The type, shape and location of the cooling‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ و ﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب و‬
‫‪tower shall be so selected and designed, so‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﺛﺮ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪that the interference effect will be optimized.‬‬

‫‪6.8.1.5 Spacing‬‬ ‫‪ 5-1-8-6‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ‬

‫‪Clause 5.3 of BS 4485: Part 3 shall be‬‬
‫‪considered.‬‬
‫‪Note:‬‬
‫‪For air restrictions, orientation of cooling‬‬
‫‪towers, optimization interference of cooling‬‬
‫‪towers and spacing selection and design see‬‬
‫‪figs 6,7.8.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ 3-5‬از ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 3‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ BS 4485‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻫﻮا‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺎزي ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎي ‪7،6‬و‪ 8‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮل ﺑﺮج )ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ(‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﺑﺮج )ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ(‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﺑﺮج‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ در آن ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬

‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪Fig. 6‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪6‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎد ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬

‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪Fig. 7‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪7‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)

The % of tower length separation is primarily ‫درﺻﺪ ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ ﻃﻮل ﺑﺮج اﺻﻮﻻً ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ از ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮج‬
a function of the tower’s physical .‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
characteristics.
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻃﻮل ﺑﺮج‬X ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻃﻮل ﺑﺮج‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎد ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬

.‫ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ در آن ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬

Fig. 8
8 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

6.8.2 Environmental considerations ‫ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت زﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬2-8-6

The effects of drift, blow out, fogging and
noise are some of the contributing factors that
shall be considered as follow, when siting
cooling tower installation:
‫ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻪ و ﺻﺪاي ﻧﺎﻫﻨﺠﺎر ﺗﻌﺪادي‬،‫ ﺑﺮون ﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬،‫اﺛﺮات آب ﻫﻤﺮاه‬
‫از ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ در ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح ذﻳﻞ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

6.8.2.1 Reducing the drift effects ‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﺛﺮات آب ﻫﻤﺮاه‬1-2-8-6

In order to reduce the drift effects, the
following points shall be considered:
a) The cooling tower shall be located in a
place that considering the direction and
speed of prevailing wind, the drift will not
be spread over nearby roads, buildings,
equipment, residential areas and etc.
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﺛﺮات آب ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻧﻜﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ در‬
‫ آب ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮوي ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎد ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬
.‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺴﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺸﻮد‬،‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺟﺎده ﻫﺎ‬

b) The eliminators shall be installed
correctly not to have any gap between
themselves and structure to prevent
escaping the water droplets.
‫ب( ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اي ﺑﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ و ﺳﺎزه ﺑﺪﻧﻪ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ از‬
.‫ﻓﺮار ﻗﻄﺮات آب ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬

c) Spacing between packings and
eliminators shall be increased sufficiently
to have enough time for the droplets to fall
before they reach to the drift eliminators.
‫ج( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ و ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎن ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ رﻳﺰش ﻗﻄﺮات آب ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
.‫رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي آب ﻫﻤﺮاه وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

23
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
6.8.2.2 Reducing the blow out nuisance
Where the blow out creates a nuisance, it shall
be reduced by one or a combination of the
following means:
a) Diagonal partitions or central division
shall be situated so that the prevailing wind
is prevented from blowing across the tower
basin.
b) Inclined louvers boards shall be
positioned around the air opening at the
base of the tower, sections of which shall be
removable to permit access.
6.8.2.3 Reducing the fogging and plume
nuisance
A combination of the following actions
shall be taken:
a) Considering the direction and speed of
prevailing wind, the cooling tower shall be
located in a place to have the optimum
possible hazard.
b) Heating the moist air before leaving the
cooling tower as shown in Fig. 9 to reduce
fogging.
c) Discharging the fan stacks warm vapors
at higher levels.
‫آب ﮔﺮم‬
‫آب ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
16
9 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﺑﺮون ﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬2-2-8-6
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮون ﭘﺎﺷﻲ آب ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻲ از روﺷﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ از آﻧﻬﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ را‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ داد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( دﻳﻮاره ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻮرب ﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺮﻛﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮري ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ از وزش ﺑﺎد ﻏﺎﻟﺐ از ﻣﻴﺎن ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺑﺮج‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ب( ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﺮاف ورودي ﻫﻮا در‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ از آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮج ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺟﺎزه دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﻣﻪ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ‬3-2-8-6
.‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ از اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎد ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ را داﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ب( ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻫﻮاي ﺗﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺧﺮوج از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻪ‬9 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.‫آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ‬
‫ج( ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺨﺎرات ﮔﺮم دودﻛﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻦ در ﺗﺮاز ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ورودي آب ﮔﺮم‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬
Fig. 9
24

6.8.2.4 Blow down and draining
Standard IPS-E-SF-880 shall be considered.
6.8.2.5 Noise level
IPS. Standard IPS-G-SF-900 and
following points shall be considered:
a) Clause 5.4.7.7 of BS 4485: Part 3.
b) Enclosing the cooling tower by sound
attenuating barriers shall be used, subject
to purchaser’s approval, in places where
high limitation on sound level exists.
6.9 Mechanical and Electrical Equipment
6.9.1 Fans
6.9.1.1 Fan laws and formulas
Standard IPS-E-PR-755 shall be applied.
6.9.1.2 Fans types
For selection of the fans type, their number
and major design requirements, the following
factors shall be considered:
a) Cooling tower type and arrangement of
components.
b) Design requirements of the cooling
tower.
c) Air flow rate through the cooling tower.
d) Pressure drop of air path in the cooling
tower.
e) Noise level restrictions.
f) Input power to the fans.
g) Location of installation.
h) Available area for the cooling tower.
i) And the requirements described in
Clauses 6.9.1.2.1 to 6.9.1.5.
6.9.1.2.1 Axial flow (propeller) fans
This type of fan shall be used in low static
pressure drop cooling towers where high
quantity of air flow rate is required. The
following aspects shall be considered in the
design and fabrication of this type of fans:
Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ دور رﻳﺰ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬4-2-8-6
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬IPS-E-SF-880 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺮ و ﺻﺪا‬5-2-8-6
the ‫ و ﻧﻜﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار‬IPS-G-SF-900 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
BS-4485 ‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬7-7-4-5 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ب( در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪاي‬
‫ دﻳﻮاره ﻫﺎي ﺿﺪ ﺻﺪا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ وﺟﻮد دارد ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
.‫ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﻣﺤﺼﻮر ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ و ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬9-6
‫ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ‬1-9-6
‫ ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﻓﻦ و ﻓﺮﻣﻮل ﻫﺎ‬1-1-9-6
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-PR-755 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﻓﻦﻫﺎ‬2-1-9-6
‫ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع و ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻓﻦ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺻﻠﻲ‬
:‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎن اﺟﺰاي آن‬
.‫ب( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫ج( ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮاي ﻋﺒﻮري از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫د( اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﻮا در ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫ﻫ( ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺮ و ﺻﺪا‬
.‫و( ﺗﻮان ورودي ﻓﻦﻫﺎ‬
.‫ز( ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ‬
.‫ح( ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-2-1-9-6 ‫ط( و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
. 5-1-9-6
(‫ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺤﻮري )ﻣﻠﺨﻲ‬1-2-1-9-6
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر اﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻢ‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮاي زﻳﺎدي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
‫ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
25

a) They shall be equipped with manually
adjustable pitch blades at least for the
range of 0° to 22° enabling the fan to be
applied over a wide range of operating
horsepower.
b) Fans shall be designed to operate at tip
speed not more than 61 m/sec.
c) The fans shall be in dynamic and static
balance with a minimum of noise.
d) They shall be designed to have uniform
air velocities across the effective area of
fan.
e) They shall be mainly used in the induced
type mechanical draught and fan assisted
natural draught cooling towers. In these
cases the fan shall be of a material, or have
a protective finish that will resist corrosive
effects of warm and humid operating
conditions. Protective finishes shall be
capable of withstanding the errosive effect
of impacting water droplets.
6.9.1.2.2 Centrifugal flow fans
These type of fans shall be mainly used for
indoor installations of forced draught cooling
towers. The fans of the forced draught type
cooling towers may be affected by dust and
debris (depending on the ambient air
conditions), so preventive provisions shall be
provided and more over they shall be mounted
so that any water entering the fan casing
drains back into the cold water basin.
6.9.1.3 Natural frequency of fan
Fundamental natural frequency of fan blades
shall not coincide with any source of vibratory
excitation (any shaft speed) in the range from
10% below minimum operating speed to 10%
above maximum operating speed.
6.9.1.4 Applicable standards
The two following standards shall
considered wherever applicable:
IPS-M-PM-230 "Special Purpose Centrifugal
Fans"
IPS-M-PM-235 "General Purpose Centrifugal
Fans"
Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫اﻟﻒ( اﻳﻦ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ زاوﻳﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ دﺳﺘﻲ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻦ‬22 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬0 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺪوده زاوﻳﻪ‬
‫را ﻗﺎدر ﺳﺎزد در ﻣﺤﺪوده وﺳﻴﻌﻲ از ﺗﻮان ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
.‫اﺳﺐ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ب( ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺮه‬
.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬61 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ج( ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺻﺪا در ﻫﻤﺘﺮازي دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ و‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫د( ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻫﻮا در ﺗﻤﺎم‬
.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻦ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻫ( اﻳﻦ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎً در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ و ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻮاد ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﻓﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ روﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ اﺛﺮات ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﮔﺮم و ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ اﺛﺮات ﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻗﻄﺮات آب ﻣﻘﺎوم‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬2-2-1-9-6
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻓﻀﺎي ﺳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران دﻣﺸﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر و ذرات‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻖ)ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻫﻮاي اﻃﺮاف( ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ و ﻟﺬا‬
‫اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮاﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼوه آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﺳﻮار ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ آﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ وارد ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻓﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ آب ﺑﺎز ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ )ﺑﺴﺎﻣﺪ( ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻓﻦ‬3-1-9-6
‫ درﺻﺪ‬10 ‫ درﺻﺪ زﻳﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺗﺎ‬10 ‫در ﻣﺤﺪوده‬
(‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﻄﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ )ﺑﺴﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ )ﭘﺮه( ﻫﺎي ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻟﺮزش اﻟﻘﺎﻳﻲ )در‬
.‫ﻫﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺤﻮر( وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬4-1-9-6
be ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬،‫ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫دو اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ذﻳﻞ‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
"‫ "ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد وﻳﮋه‬:IPS-M-PM-230
"‫ "ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬:IPS-M-PM-235
26
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
6.9.1.5 Safety provisions
Protection guards shall be provided, wherever
applicable, for fans, driver shafts and
couplings.
6.9.2 Gearbox
Gearboxes shall meet the following
requirements:
a) It shall be double reduction, spiral bevel
right angle type, with AGMA service
factor of not less than 2.0 based upon
driver horsepower.
b) It shall be sealed to prevent moisture
leakage at the shafts
c) Thermal rating of the gearbox shall be
ample for operation without oil cooling.
d) Connection of the gearbox for oil filling
and oil level observation shall be extended
to the outside of fan stack (cylinder).
e) An oil level indicator shall be provided
with a cut off switch on the oil circuit to
shut off the fan motor at low oil level.
f) The output shaft bearings shall have an L
10 life of 100,000 h. as defined in BS ISO
281: Part 1. As this produces reversing
radial loads on the bearings, special
consideration shall be given to the
relationship between bearing clearances,
fan bearing span and diameter.
g) The elevated temperature of the
surrounding air during normal operation
shall be taken into account and, when
located in a very cold climate,
consideration shall be given to the
problems of a cold start.
h) Double oil seals are a preferred feature
to minimize the risk of oil leakage or
ingress of moisture.
Gearboxes mounted in the induced
draught-position, i.e. in the areas of near
100% humidity, shall be provided with a
remote vent carried to the outside of the fan
stack to minimize the risk of condensation
from breathing moisture-laden air.
27
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬5-1-9-6
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬،‫ ﮔﺮداﻧﻨﺪه ﻣﺤﻮرﻫﺎ و ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ دﻧﺪه‬2-9-6
:‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ دﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ را ارﺿﺎء ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﻴﺐ دار راﺳﺖ ﮔﺮد ﺑﺎ‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع دوﺑﺎر ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺗﻮان‬2 ‫ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬AGMA ‫ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮر ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ‬
.‫ﮔﺮداﻧﻨﺪه )ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ اﺳﺐ ﺑﺨﺎر( ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؛ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ب( ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻧﻔﻮذ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آب ﺑﻨﺪي‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ج( ﺗﻮان ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ دﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺪون ﺧﻨﻚ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫روﻏﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫د( اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﻌﺒﻪ دﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﭘﺮﻛﻦ روﻏﻦ و ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﺮون دودﻛﺶ ﻓﻦ)اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ( اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﻫ( ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫روي ﻣﺪار روﻏﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ در ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬
.‫ﻓﻦ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬100000 ‫و( ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻣﺤﻮر ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬BS ISO 281 ‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1 ‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ آﻧﻜﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬،‫ﻧﻴﺮوﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ روي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن ﻓﻦ و‬،‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ در رواﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻘﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن‬
.‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
(‫ز( اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻣﺎي ﻫﻮاي اﻃﺮاف در ﻃﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻌﻤﻮل)ﻧﺮﻣﺎل‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬،‫اﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺮد واﻗﻊ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼت راه اﻧﺪازي ﺳﺮد دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ح( ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي دوﮔﺎﻧﻪ روﻏﻦ ﻃﺮﺣﻲ ﻣﻘﺪم ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﻛﺮدن ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﺖ روﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﻮذ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ در‬،‫ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬،‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ دﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ‬،‫ درﺻﺪ‬100 ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ)ﻫﻮاﻛﺶ( در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ دورﺗﺮ در ﺧﺎرج از دودﻛﺶ ﻓﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﺶ ﻫﻮاي ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻣﻜﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
Lubrication, grease pipes and oil-level
indicators shall be taken to the outside of
the fan to facilitate servicing.
6.9.3 Drive shafts and couplings
The following aspects shall be considered in
design of drive shafts:
a) Shafts shall be tubular with non
lubricated Thomas flexible coupling Type I
or equal for induced type cooling towers.
b) Drive shafts shall be properly balanced.
c) Drive shafts shall be capable of being
rebalanced (if necessary) and accepting
some degree of misalignement.
d) Hollow rotating components shall be
sealed to prevent water ingress or be
effectively drained to prevent accumulated
water impairing the balance.
6.9.4 Supports for mechanical equipment
and drive motors
Consideration shall be given to the following
factors in the design of supports:
a) The supports shall be designed to
minimize possible movement between the
elements of the fan driver assembly, shaft
and gearbox.
b) Possible corrosive conditions.
c) The vibratory loads from the fan unit.
d) The excess force arising from possible
damage to any part of complete fan and
drive assembly.
e) Additional requirements mentioned in
BS 4485: Part 4.
6.9.5 Vibration cut out switch
One vibration cut out switch and alarm shall
be provided for each fan with the following
requirements:
a) The cut out switch shall be provided
outside the fan ring.
28
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺲ و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬،‫روﻏﻨﻜﺎري‬
-‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﻦ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ‬
.‫ﻛﺎري را ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻮرﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه و ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓﻫﺎ‬3-9-6
:‫ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺤﻮرﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﺤﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اي ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ‬I ‫اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﻣﺎس ﻧﻮع‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ب( ﻣﺤﻮرﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ج( ﻣﺤﻮرﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺲ ﻣﺠﺪد )در ﺻﻮرت‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺎز( و ﭘﺬﻳﺮش درﺟﺎﺗﻲ از ﻧﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﻮري را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫د( اﺟﺰا ﺗﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﮔﺮدان ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﻧﻔﻮذ آب‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ از‬
.‫ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﺗﺠﻤﻊ آب ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ آﺳﻴﺐ زدن ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫـﺎي‬4-9-6
‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه‬
:‫ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ زﻳﺮ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻮر و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ دﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﻴﻦ اﺟﺰاء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﺤﺮك ﻓﻦ‬
.‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
.‫ب( ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬
.‫ج( ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﻓﻦ و ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎت‬
‫د( ﻧﻴﺮوﻫﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از‬
.‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻦ و ﻣﺘﺤﺮك‬
‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬4 ‫ﻫ( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.BS 4485
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ارﺗﻌﺎش‬5-9-6
‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ارﺗﻌﺎش و اﻋﻼم ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
:‫ذﻳﻞ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺮون از ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
b) In case of excessive vibration, the cut
out switch shall shut down the fan
automatically and permit restarting and
manually reset. The vibration switch shall
be suitable for resetting the switch without
disassembly.
c) Provisions shall be made for adjusting
the vibration switch so that it may be set
above the vibration level of normal
operation and/or will not trip out during fan
start up.
d) Vibration cut out switches shall be
preferably ball type.
e) Vibration cut out switches shall be
tagged with identifying tag numbers.
f) Vibration cut out switches shall be
weather proof.
6.9.6 Keys and keyways
Keys and keyways shall be according to BS
4235: Part 1.
6.9.7 Valves
The valves mentioned in Clauses 6.9.7.1 to
6.9.7.3 shall be provided as a minimum:
6.9.7.1 Stop valves
Stop valves shall be provided considering the
following requirements:
a) Stop valves shall be provided in
accessible positions.
b) In cooling towers with multiple risers,
separate stop valve shall be provided on
each riser to regulate the flow in individual
risers and/or stop flow in particular riser
during partial maintenance of the cooling
tower parts.
c) These valves shall be normally of gate or
butterfly type depending on the purchaser’s
requirement
d) Stop valves shall be provided for both
crossflow and counterflow type cooling
towers in single riser and multiple risers
systems.
29
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻦ را ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬،‫ب( در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ارﺗﻌﺎش زﻳﺎد‬
‫ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﺪ و اﺟﺎزه روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺠﺪد و راه اﻧﺪازي‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ارﺗﻌﺎش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ راه اﻧﺪازي‬.‫ﻣﺠﺪد دﺳﺘﻲ را ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺠﺪد ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ج( ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ارﺗﻌﺎش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪاﺗﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان آن را ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺢ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻋﺎدي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮد و ﻳﺎ در زﻣﺎن ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻓﻦ‬
.‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
.‫د( ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ارﺗﻌﺎش ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻫ( ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ارﺗﻌﺎش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫و( ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ارﺗﻌﺎش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻔﻮظ از اﺛﺮ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﺎرﻫﺎ و ﺟﺎ ﺧﺎرﻫﺎ‬6-9-6
BS 4235 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1 ‫ﺧﺎرﻫﺎ و ﺟﺎ ﺧﺎرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬7-9-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬3-7-9-6 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1-7-9-6 ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ درﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬1-7-9-6
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ‬
:‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎي در دﺳﺘﺮس ﻗﺮار‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮوي‬،‫ب( در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻌﺪد‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺠﺰا ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد ﺗﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫را در ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺰا ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن را در‬
‫ در ﻃﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ از‬،‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
.‫ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ج( اﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع دروازهاي ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮواﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫د( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ و ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻌﻜﻮس در ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
6.9.7.2 Flow control valves
Flow control valves shall be provided
considering the followings:
a) They shall be in accessible positions.
b) They shall be installed in crossflow type
cooling towers to equalize flow between
distribution basins of a tower cell as well as
between cells of multi-cell cooling towers.
c) It shall be possible to use these valves to
shut off flow to selected distribution basins
for interim cleaning and maintenance
purposes when other parts of the cooling
tower are in operation.
6.9.7.3 Make-Up valve
Make-up valve shall be provided in the make-
up water supply line to replenish the normal
water losses from the system, automatically.
6.9.8 Fan motor
Fan motor shall be designed as per following
requirements:
a) Motor shall be designed and selected for
installation in hazardous area Class 1, Div.
2 as specified in IPS-E-EL-110.
b) Fan motor shall not be placed in the air
stream but shall be mounted in a location
easily accessible for maintenance.
Fan stop push buttons to be located at
ground level and start-stop push buttons to
be located at fan level will be furnished by
purchaser.
c) Fan and motor shall be designed for
continuous operation.
d) Fan motor shall be in accordance with
IPS-M-EL-132 "Induction Motors".
The motor shall be explosion/flame proof
with two or variable speeds operation
depending onthe design requirements.
Motor horsepower shall be sufficient to
meet the fan requirements at maximum
required pitch angle and design speed.
30
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬2-7-9-6
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
:‫ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ب( اﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﻤﺴﺎن ﺳﺎزي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺳﻠﻮل‬
‫ﺑﺮج ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻠﻮل ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ج( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در‬
.‫ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎرﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬3-7-9-6
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺧﻂ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ آب ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬
.‫ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻛﺎﻫﺶ آب ﻣﻌﻤﻮل از ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ را ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻓﻦ‬8-9-6
:‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
،1 ‫اﻟﻒ( اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺧﻄﺮ ﻛﻼس‬
‫ آﻣﺪه‬IPS-E-EL-110 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ب( اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻓﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد اﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎدﮔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎري ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﻓﻦ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ در ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ و‬
‫ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ در ارﺗﻔﺎع‬-‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎري روﺷﻦ‬
.‫ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
.‫ج( ﻓﻦ و اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎر ﻣﺪاوم ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
IPS-M-EL-132 ‫د( اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫" اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي اﻟﻘﺎﻳﻲ" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺪ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر )ﺷﻌﻠﻪ( ﺑﺎ دو ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
.‫ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮان اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر )ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ اﺳﺐ ﺑﺨﺎر( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﻦ در‬
.‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ زاوﻳﻪ ﭘﺮه و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ را ﺑﺮآورده ﺳﺎزد‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
e) Motor shall have ratings, including
service factors for fan and gear, at least
equal to the following percentage of the
rated brake kW of fan including gear loss:
Motor Nameplate
Ratings(KW)
‫ﺗﻮان ﻣﻨﺪرج در ﭘﻼك ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ‬
(‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر)ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وات‬
19 kW & Less
22.5-56 kW
75 kW & over
However, the rated brake horsepower shall not
exceed the motor nameplate rating. Where it
appears that this will lead to unnecessary
oversizing of the driver, an alternate quotation
may be submitted for purchaser’s
consideration.
6.10 Safety Provisions
6.10.1 General
Safety provisions shall be provided in the
design of the cooling tower and the relevant
auxiliary equipment to minimize all hazards.
The hazards generated by the cooling tower
comprises of the followings and the others
described in the relevant clauses of this
Standard:
a) Hazards generated by electrical,
mechanical and instrumentation equipment.
b) Hazards which may be encountered
during personnel access and possibility of
their trapping, in the extremely humid
conditions, inside the cooling tower.
c) Environmental hazards.
d) Icing hazard.
e) Fire hazard.
The procedures which shall be followed by the
vendor to minimize the hazards are described
in other relevant parts of this Standard and
Clauses 6.10.2 to 6.10.5 of this part, but,
however, vendor is responsible to provide
provisions for any other hazard which may be
encountered in the cooling towers during
operation and/or shut down.
31
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي ﻓﻦ و‬،‫ﻫ( اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮاﻧﻲ‬
(‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ درﺻﺪي از ﺗﻮان اﺳﻤﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺰي )ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وات‬،‫دﻧﺪه‬
:‫ﻓﻦ ذﻳﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻓﺖ ﺗﻮان دﻧﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Percent of Rated Brake
‫درﺻﺪ ﺗﻮان اﺳﻤﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺰي اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬
130
120
115
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﺗﻮان ﺗﺮﻣﺰي اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر )اﺳﺐ ﺑﺨﺎر( ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺠﺎوز از‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻮان ﻣﻨﺪرج در ﭘﻼك ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺰرگ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺿﺮوري ﺳﻮق دﻫﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬10-6
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-10-6
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ آن ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن ﺗﻤﺎم ﺧﻄﺮات‬
‫ ﺧﻄﺮات ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ و‬.‫دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
:‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﺧﻄﺮات اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
.‫و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ب( ﺧﻄﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ در زﻣﺎن دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ و‬
‫ داﺧﻞ‬،‫ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪت ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮاﻓﺘﺎدن اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎ آن ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ج( ﺧﻄﺮات زﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫د( ﺧﻄﺮات ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻫ( ﺧﻄﺮات آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮات دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮد در ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ دﻳﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬5-10-6 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2-10-6 ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻣﺴﺌﻮل اﻳﺠﺎد ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪاﺗﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﺧﻄﺮات دﻳﮕﺮ‬،‫ﺣﺎل‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در زﻣﺎن ﻛﺎر و ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد آﻳﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
6.10.2 Electrical and instrumentation
equipment
Emergency locked control switches shall be
installed adjacent to all motors. All electrical
plant and installation shall comply with the
relevant electrical safety regulations and be
suitable for the operating conditions. All
electrical and instrumentation equipment shall
be designed for installation in hazardous areas,
Class 1, Div. 2 as specified in IPS-E-EL-110.
6.10.3 Access
The following facilities with suitable design
conforming to the type and design requirement
of the cooling towers shall be provided:
a) Access to all parts of the cooling tower
for maintenance, inspection and repair,
consisting, but not limited, of ladders,
doors, walkways, stairway, guard railing
assembly, safety cages, jib crane or davits
and cranes.
b) Access doors shall be designed to be
easily opened from the inside and shall be
opened outwards. Access doors bolts,
locks, etc., shall be such as to prevent
accidental fastening.
c) If escape ladders are provided they shall
be extended to the floor.
d) More than one access way shall be
provided for high levels.
6.10.4 Guards on rotating equipment
Suitable and adequate guards shall be
provided on rotating equipment for personnel
safety
6.10.5 Fire prevention
Properly designed, fire fighting, detection and
alarm system shall be Provided by the Vendor
for the cooling tower according to the design
requirements of the cooling tower, Purchaser’s
requirements and materials selected for
different parts. NFPA standard No. 214 may
be followed in special cases.
32
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮﻗﻲ و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻘﻲ‬2-10-6
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺎر ﻫﻤﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮو‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮﻗﻲ و ﻧﺼﺐ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬.‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻘﺮرات اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮﻗﻲ و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻣﺤﺪوده‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬2 ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،1 ‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﻛﻼس‬
.‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬IPS-E-EL-110
‫ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‬3-10-6
‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪات زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻮع و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮج‬
.‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫اﻟﻒ(دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ اﺟﺰاء ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و‬
،‫ درﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن ﻫﺎ‬،‫ اﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
،‫ ﻗﻔﺲ ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬،‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺮدﻛﺸﻲ ﺣﻔﺎظ‬،‫ ﭘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫راﻫﺮوﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﺑﺎزوﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻫﺎ و ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ب( درﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي درﻫﺎي‬.‫از داﺧﻞ و ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎرج ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬،‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﺪن ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ج( اﮔﺮ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮار ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ اﻣﺘﺪاد‬
.‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫د( ﺑﺮاي ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ راه دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي روي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار‬4-10-6
‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ ﺑﺮ روي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي‬5-10-6
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺸﻒ و‬،‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮارد‬.‫اﻋﻼم ﺧﻄﺮ آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺳﺎزد‬
.‫ ﭘﻴﺮوي ﻛﺮد‬214 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬NFPA ‫ﺧﺎص ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
For the cooling towers containing wood in any
part, wetting wood parts with enough water
during cooling tower shut down shall be used.
However selecting fire retardant materials will
increase the reliability and safety of the
cooling tower.
6.11 Special Requirements
6.11.1 Outlet water temperature lower limit
If the purchaser requires that the outlet water
temperature shall not fall below a
predetermined degree, then one of the
following methods shall be provided by the
vendor for cold times of the year:
a) For locations where freezing condition
does not exist, a bypass line shall be
provided between inlet and outlet water
line, as shown in Fig. 10,
or the numbers of packing cells in
operation and the air flow through the
cooling tower shall be reduced.
b) In locations with the possible freezing
conditions, the cooling tower shall be
equipped with multicell packings and/or
multi-speed fans so that it will be possible
to reduce the number of packing cells in
operation and/or reducing the air flow
through the cooling tower.
‫آب ﮔﺮم‬
‫ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻦ‬
(‫)ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﻦ ﻣﺤﺪود‬
‫آب ﺳﺮدﺗﺮ ﺷﺪه‬
17
10 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اي ﻛﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ اﺟﺰاء ﭼﻮﺑﻲ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺟﺰاء ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي آب ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در ﻃﻲ زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮاد ﺿﺪ آﺗﺶ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺧﺎص‬11-6
‫ ﺣﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ دﻣﺎي آب ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬1-11-6
‫اﮔﺮ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻻزم ﺑﺪاﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي آب ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از درﺟﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ از روﺷﻬﺎي ذﻳﻞ را ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﺷﺪهاي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺳﺮد ﺳﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺑﻴﻦ ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺧﻂ آب ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
،‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬10
‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻠﻮل ﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﻛﻦ در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر و ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮاي ﻋﺒﻮري‬
.‫از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮج‬،‫ب( در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻬﺎي‬،‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮاي ﻋﺒﻮري از ﺑﺮج‬
.‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫آب ﮔﺮم‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎر ﺣﺴﺎس ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎ‬
‫آب ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﺪه‬
Fig. 10
33
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
6.11.2 Effect of the high temperature of the ‫ اﺛﺮ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي آب ﮔﺮم ورودي‬2-11-6
inlet warm water
If the highest expected temperature of the inlet ‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ دﻣﺎي ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﻈﺎر آب ﮔﺮم ورودي ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮوي ﻣﻮاد‬
warm water can harmfully affect the selected
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از اﺟﺰاء اﺛﺮ ﺳﻮء ﺑﮕﺬارد در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت‬
materials of some parts of the cooling tower,
then the provision shown in Fig. 11 shall be .‫ را ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﻴﺮد‬11 ‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
provided by the Vendor.

‫از ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎر ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر‬

Fig. 11

11 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

6.11.3 Provisions for removing scales ‫ اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺬف رﺳﻮﺑﺎت‬3-11-6

If the water which is going to be cooled in the ‫اﮔﺮ آﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺧﻨﻚ ﺷﺪن وارد ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در‬
cooling tower, deposits scales in any part of ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه رﺳﻮب اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
the cooling tower, one or both of the following
‫ﻫﺮدو دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
procedures, shall be followed and relevant
equipment and material shall be provided by .‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
the Vendor:
a) Using proper chemicals to wash and ‫اﻟﻒ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ و‬
clean-out scales.
.‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ رﺳﻮﺑﺎت‬
b) Using high pressure water streams to ‫ب( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺬف رﺳﻮﺑﺎت‬
remove scale.

6.11.4 Vibration isolation ‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت‬4-11-6

For the cooling towers that critical situation of ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اي ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺑﻴﺶ‬
excessive vibration exists, properly designed ‫ ﻟﺮزه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ‬،‫از ﺣﺪ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
vibration isolators shall be provided.
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬

34
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
6.11.5 Provisions for fans stopping when
there is no power supply to their motors
Suitable provisions shall be provided by the
Vendor to stop fans when there is no power
supply to their motor drivers.
6.11.6 Screens for air inlet
In places where ambient air contains excessive
amounts of leaves and other debrises which
are harmful for the cooling tower operation, it
may be necessary to provide suitable screens,
subject to purchaser’s approval, in the air inlet
to the cooling tower. These screens shall be
prepared and installed in separate removable
panels for ease of maintenance and cleaning.
6.12 Performance Tests
Performance tests on the cooling tower shall be
done according to CTI Code ATC-105 and
relevant ATC-105 addendum. Vendor shall
prepare detailed test procedure considering
purchaser’s comments, and perform the tests in
attendance of purchaser. The equipment for
performance test shall be provided, calibrated
and installed by Vendor. The final test results
shall be reported by Vendor. Any deviation
from the specified technical characteristics
shall be reported and the method to reach to the
specified figures and/or performance shall be
stated in this report too.
Vendor shall be completely responsible to
carry out any rectification work in this regard
free of charge with the methods described in
CTI Codes and/or agreed upon with purchaser.
The performance tests shall be carried out after
commissioning of the cooling tower and its
auxiliary equipment and before provisional
acceptance.
6.13 Warranties and Guarantees
Vendor shall be responsible to eliminate any
defects encountered during one year operation
of the cooling tower and its relevant auxiliary
equipment after it is provisionally accepted by
the Purchaser.
These rectification activities shall be done free
of charge and shall be finished within the one
year guarantee period after provisional
acceptance. The cooling tower and its auxiliary
equipment will be finally accepted by
purchaser after one year guarantee period is
expired and all defects are rectified meeting
purchaser’s approval.
35
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻦ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮق ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬5-11-6
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ‬
‫اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻦﻫﺎ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮق ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮو ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮري ورودي ﻫﻮا‬6-11-6
‫در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻫﻮاي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺣﺎوي ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳﺎدي از ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻌﻠﻖ و‬
‫آﺷﻐﺎﻟﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻮري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در‬،‫ﻣﻀﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺗﻮري ﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ‬.‫ورودي ﻫﻮاي ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري آﺳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻳﻚ ﭘﻨﻞ ﺟﺪاﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬
.‫ﻣﺠﺰا ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬12-6
‫آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺮ روي ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ آﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم‬ATC-105 ‫ و اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬ATC-105 , CTI ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮات ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ آزﻣﻮن را آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزد و در ﺣﻀﻮر ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه و ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﺰارش ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻧﺤﺮاف از‬.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﮔﺰارش ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺰارش ﺷﻮد و روش رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ وﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﺰارش ﺷﺮح داده‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎر اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ راﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫را ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ و ﺑﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي‬.‫ و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪه ﺑﮕﻴﺮد‬CTI
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از راه اﻧﺪازي ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻬﺪات و ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺎ‬13-6
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ رﻓﻊ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻴﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻃﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎل‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
.‫ رخ داده اﺳﺖ را ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪه ﺑﮕﻴﺮد‬،‫ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ راﻳﮕﺎن اﻧﺠﺎم و در ﻃﻲ دوره ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و‬.‫ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ آن ﭘﺲ از ﭘﺎﻳﺎن دوره ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ و ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
.‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
3 PART 2
4 MATERIALS
7. PURPOSE AND GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
This part of standard specifies the minimum
requirements for materials of different parts of
the cooling towers and relevant components. In
selecting materials for different parts of
cooling towers described in this Standard,
depending on the specific type of the cooling
tower, the applicable clauses of this Part of
standard shall be considered:
a) The possibility of using treated wood as
the material of any part, shall be declared
by the purchaser to the vendor, otherwise
vendor shall not use wood in any part of the
cooling tower.
b) If wood is going to be used in any part of
the cooling tower, the inlet warm water
temperature shall be limited to the certain
degree not to have mal effect on wood. If
reducing the inlet warm water temperature,
is not possible due to the main plant’s
requirements, then it shall be reduced by
mixing a proper portion of the outlet cold
water with the inlet warm water as typically
shown in Fig. 12. In these cases the cooling
capacity of the cooling tower shall be
increased to provide the cold water required
for mixing with inlet warm water.
c) Plastic materials shall have a flame
spread classification of not more than 25
per ASTM-E84.
d) All metal surfaces which will come in
contact with water and water mist, except
galvanized and stainless steel surfaces, shall
be properly epoxy painted. In accordance
with IPS-E-TP-100.
e) If the location of cooling tower has a
highly hazardous deteriorating condition,
wood shall not be used for any part of it,
unless otherwise specified by the Purchaser.
8. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
According to the specific requirements of each
project, proper materials shall be selected for
different parts of the cooling tower as specified
in Clauses 8.1 to 8.22.
36
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
2 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ﻫﺪف و اﻟﺰﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-7
‫اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ در‬.‫ﺑﺮجﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و اﺟﺰا ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎزد‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در اﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺧﺎص ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل از اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬، ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
:‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( اﻣﻜﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﭼﻮب ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه اﻋﻼم ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ در‬،‫ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﭼﻮب در ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﺑﺮج‬
. ‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ب(اﮔﺮ ﻗﺮار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ از ﭼﻮب در ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ دﻣﺎي آب ﮔﺮم ورودي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ درﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬. ‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﺑﺮ ﭼﻮب ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد‬
‫دﻣﺎي آب ﮔﺮم ورودي ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ از آب‬، ‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺮد ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎ آب ﮔﺮم ورودي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎ‬.‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬، ‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬12
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺧﻨﻚ ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ آب‬
. ‫ﺳﺮد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺟﻬﺖ اﺧﺘﻼط ﺑﺎ آب ﮔﺮم ورودي اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬ASTM-E84 ‫ج( ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬25 ‫داراي رده ﺑﻨﺪي ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫د( ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﺰي در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ آب ﻳﺎ ﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺳﻄﻮح‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه و زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ رﻧﮓ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ رﻧﮓ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-TP-100 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﻫ( اﮔﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه داراي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك‬
‫ ﭼﻮب در ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از آن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬، ‫ﻣﺨﺮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
. ‫ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬-8
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي‬، ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت وﻳﮋه ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮوژه‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬1-8 ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
. ‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬22-8
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
8.1 Basin
Unless otherwise specified, basin shall be
constructed of proper reinforced concrete.
8.2 Basin Sump
Basin sump shall be constructed of proper
reinforced concrete or specified material with
enough depth so as the pump not to loose
suction.
8.3 Cooling Tower Framework (Structure)
8.3.1 Framework of the field erected cooling
towers shall be made using one of the
following materials:
a) Steel
b) Reinforced concrete
c) Wood
8.3.2 It shall be noted that if the cooling tower
is to be resistant to fire, reinforced concrete
shall be selected as the material of framework
(Structure). If wood is going to be used for
framework of cooling tower, it shall be
selected and treated as follow:
a) Douglas Fir Wood considering CTI
bulletin STD-114, shall be selected.
b) Wood shall be treated according to the
CTI STD WMS-112 using acid copper
chromate (ACC) treatment. Prior to
treatment, moisture content of the wood
shall not exceed 19% for air dried material
and 15% for kiln dried material. Deviation
from the required penetration or retention,
as determined from specimens
representative of the condition and
dimensions of the tower components to be
treated, requires approval of the purchaser.
*If water born salts are used, seasoning
after treatment shall be continued for
enough time to complete the chemical
reaction within the wood.
8.3.3 Framework of the factory assembled
cooling towers shall be either steel or wood. If
location of the cooling tower and relevant
processes create corrosive conditions, then
proper wood can be used subject to purchaser’s
approval.
37
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ‬1-8
‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﭼﺎﻻب ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ‬2-8
،‫ﭼﺎﻻب ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
.‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻜﺶ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ اﺧﺘﻼﻟﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﺸﻮد‬
(‫ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه )ﺳﺎزه‬3-8
‫ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-3-8
. ‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻣﻮاد زﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻓﻮﻻد‬
‫ب( ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫ج( ﭼﻮب‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺮد ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در‬2-3-8
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﻮاد‬، ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﺑﺮج‬. ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ )ﺳﺎزه( اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭼﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ‬،‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﭼﻮب اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد‬
. ‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب و ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﻮد‬
CTI ‫اﻟﻒ( ﭼﻮب داﮔﻼس ﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬STD-114 ‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ‬
STD WMS-112 ، CTI ‫ب( ﭼﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
. ‫( ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﻮد‬ACC) ‫ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﺮوﻣﺎت ﻣﺲ‬
19 ‫ ﻣﻴﺰان رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﭼﻮب ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬، ‫ﭘﻴﺶ از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد‬15 ‫درﺻﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا و‬
‫ اﻧﺤﺮاف ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه از ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻳﺎ‬. ‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪه در ﻛﻮره ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎري ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز از ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﺮف‬
‫ ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬،‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ و اﺑﻌﺎد اﺟﺰاء ﺑﺮج ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
. ‫اﺳﺖ‬
، ‫ ﭘﺲ از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬،‫* اﮔﺮ از آﺑﻬﺎي ﻧﻤﻜﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫آﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اداﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ واﻛﻨﺶ‬
. ‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ درون ﭼﻮب ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺷﺪه در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬3-3-8
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬. ‫ﭼﻮب ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﻮب ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬، ‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
. ‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
8.4 Casing
Casing material shall be selected as follow:
a) The casing material of the cooling towers
with reinforced concrete framework shall be
precast concrete panels.
b) The casing material of the field erected
cooling towers with wood or steel
framework, shall be fire retardant fiber
reinforced polyester corrugated panels.
c) The casing material of the factory
assembled cooling towers, shall be
galvanized steel.
8.5 Splash Type Packings
One of the following materials shall be used:
a) Douglas Fir Wood considering Clauses
8.3.2 (a) and (b) of this Standard shall be
used.
b) poly vinyl chloride(PVC) may be used in
locations where there is a low fire risk.
c) Stainless steel may be used when totally
fireproof material is required.
8.6 Film Type Packings
The material of film type packings shall be
high efficiency cellular polyvinyl chloride
(PVC).
8.7 Spray Nozzles
The material of spray type nozzles shall be
ceramic or PVC.
8.8 Louvers
8.8.1 The material of louvers in the field
erected cooling tower with reinforced concrete
framework shall be precast reinforced concrete
or fire retardant fiber reinforced polyester.
8.8.2 The material of louvers in cooling towers
with wood framework, shall be properly
treated Douglas Fir Wood considering Clause
8.3.2 (a) and (b) of this Standard.
8.8.3 The material of louvers in the factory
assembled cooling towers with steel
framework, shall be galvanized steel.
38
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬4-8
: ‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
. ‫ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از دﻳﻮاره ﻫﺎي ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ب( ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از دﻳﻮاره ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﺪار ﻣﻘﺎوم‬
. ‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ ﺿﺪ آﺗﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ج( ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺷﺪه در‬
. ‫ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﻮﻻد ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﭼﻜﻪ اي‬5-8
: ‫ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻣﻮاد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
2-3-8 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﭼﻮب داﮔﻼس ﻓﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
. ‫)اﻟﻒ( و )ب( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
‫( ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ‬PVC) ‫ب( ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﺮاﻳﺪ‬
. ‫آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
‫ج( ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن در زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺿﺪ آﺗﺶ ﻣﻮرد‬
. ‫ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
‫ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ‬6-8
(PVC) ‫ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﺮاﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺎ‬7-8
. ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬PVC ‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬8-8
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ در ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در‬1-8-8
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻠﻲ‬
. ‫اﺳﺘﺮ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺿﺪ آﺗﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ در ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬2-8-8
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭼﻮب داﮔﻼس ﻓﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬
.‫ )اﻟﻒ( و )ب( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2-3-8 ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺷﺪه در‬3-8-8
. ‫ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
8.9 Drift Eliminators
8.9.1 If splash type packings of wood material
is going to be used in the cooling tower, then
the material of drift eliminators, shall be
properly treated wood considering Clauses
8.3.2 (a) and (b) of this Standard.
8.9.2 If packing material is PVC, the material
of drift eliminators shall be cellular polyvinyl
chloride (PVC).
8.10 Blade of Axial Flow Type Fans
Blade material of axial flow type fans, shall be
polyester with fiberglass or aluminum cast
according to ASTM B179.
8.11 Blade of Centrifugal Flow type Fans
Blade material of centrifugal flow type fans
shall be steel, being hot dip galvanized.
8.12 Fan Hub
8.12.1 Fan hub material shall be so selected
that it is structurally compatible with blade
weight and loading.
8.12.2 One of the following material shall be
selected as the hub material:
a) Galvanized structural steel.
b) Ductile cast iron (ASTM-A 536)
galvanized per ASTM-A153.
c) Gray cast iron
d) Wrought or cast aluminum For brackish
and sea water services, zinc coated hubs
shall be coated with two coats of coal tar
polyamide epoxy 400 µm total nominal dry
film thickness.
8.12.3 If different metallic materials are going
to be used for fan blade and hub, they shall be
separated from each other to prevent galvanic
corrosion.
8.13 Fan Deck
8.13.1 The fan deck material shall be
compatible with framework material.
39
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي آب ﻫﻤﺮاه‬9-8
، ‫ اﮔﺮ از ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻜﻪ اي از ﺟﻨﺲ ﭼﻮب اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد‬1-9-8
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭼﻮب ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬، ‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب ﻫﻤﺮاه‬
(‫ )اﻟﻒ( و )ب( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬2-3-8 ‫ﺷﺪه )ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
. ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬، ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬PVC ‫ اﮔﺮ ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ‬2-9-8
.‫( ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬PVC) ‫آب ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﺮاﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺤﻮري‬10-8
‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺤﻮري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
. ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASTM B179 ‫ﻳﺎ آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬11-8
‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه‬
. ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻓﻦ‬12-8
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ از‬1-12-8
. ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎزه اي ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري و وزن ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﺴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻣﻮاد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮر‬2-12-8
:‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه‬
‫( ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﻃﺒﻖ‬ASTM-A536) ‫ب( ﭼﺪن ﻧﺸﻜﻦ‬
ASTM-A153
‫ج( ﭼﺪن ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮي‬
‫د( آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم ﻛﺎر ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ رﻳﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي آب ﺷﻮر‬
‫ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮرﻫﺎي روي اﻧﺪود ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دو ﻻﻳﻪ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬، ‫و آب درﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﺮان زﻏﺎل ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
. ‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﺘﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‬400 ،‫ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻴﻐﻪ و ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻣﻮرد‬3-12-8
‫ ﻓﻠﺰات‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ؛ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪا ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻜﻮي ﻓﻦ‬13-8
. ‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺳﻜﻮي ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﺲ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﻫﻤﺴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1-13-8
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
8.13.2 For cooling towers with wood
framework, the fan deck material, shall be
tongue and groove fir plywood.
8.13.3 For cooling towers with reinforced
concrete framework, the fan deck material,
shall be prestressed double-tee sections.
8.13.4 For cooling towers with steel
framework, the fan deck material shall be
galvanized steel. In this case for brackish and
sea water services, fan deck shall be coated
with two coats of coal tar polyamid epoxy 400
µm total nominal dry film thickness.
8.14 Fan Stack (Cylinder)
One of the following materials shall be
selected as the fan stack (cylinder) material
depending on the framework material:
8.14.1 For cooling towers with all different
materials of framework, fan stack material may
be fiber reinforced plastic.
8.14.2 For cooling towers with wood
framework, properly treated wood shall be
used.
8.14.3 For cooling towers with steel
framework, steel fan stack shall be used.
8.15 Fan Shaft, Discs, Flexible Coupling,
and Bolting
These components shall be stainless steel Type
304 or Type 316. For brackish and sea water
services these components shall be stainless
steel Type 316.
8.16 Hardware (Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Nails,
Lag Screws and Washers)
Fan bolts and hardware shall be made of
carbon steel, galvanized per ASTM-A 123. For
brackish and sea water services, these
components shall be made of Type 316
stainless steel.
8.17 Supports and Guards for
Mechanical Equipment, Electric Motor
Support, Ladders, Safety Cages and
Gratings
All above mentioned components shall be
carbon steel, hot dip galvanized per ASTM-A
123.
40
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺟﻨﺲ‬2-13-8
. ‫ﺳﻜﻮي ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻓﺎق و زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬3-13-8
. ‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻴﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬T ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ دوﺑﻞ‬، ‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﺳﻜﻮي ﻓﻦ‬
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬4-13-8
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﺳﻜﻮي ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﻮﻻد ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻜﻮي ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دو ﻻﻳﻪ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬،‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي آب ﺷﻮر و آب درﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﺮان زﻏﺎل ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
. ‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﺘﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‬400
(‫ دودﻛﺶ ﻓﻦ )اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ‬14-8
‫ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻣﻮاد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﻨﺲ دودﻛﺶ ﻓﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
. ‫ﺟﻨﺲ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ اﺳﻜﻠﺘﻲ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻫﺎي‬1-14-8
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ دودﻛﺶ ﻓﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ از ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
. ‫اﻟﻴﺎف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﻮب ﺑﻪ‬، ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬2-14-8
. ‫ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫دودﻛﺶ‬، ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬3-14-8
. ‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬، ‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ دﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻓﻦ‬15-8
‫و ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬316 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬304 ‫اﻳﻦ اﺟﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت آب ﺷﻮر و آب درﻳﺎ اﻳﻦ اﺟﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬316
، ‫ ﻣﻴﺦ ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ واﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬، ‫ ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰار )ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‬16 -8
(‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻴﻤﻪ رزوه و واﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه‬، ‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻦ و ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰارﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺪﻣﺎت آب ﺷﻮر و آب‬. ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ASTM-A123 ‫ﻃﺒﻖ‬
. ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬316 ‫درﻳﺎ اﻳﻦ اﺟﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع‬
، ‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬17-8
‫ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و‬، ‫ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻒ ﭘﻮش‬
‫ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه ﻃﺒﻖ‬،‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ اﺟﺰا ﻓﻮق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬
. ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASTM-A123
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
For brackish and sea water services, zinc
coated carbon steel for mechanical equipment
supports and guards, shall be coated with two
coats of coal tar polyamid epoxy 400 µm total
nominal dry film thickness.
8.18 Packings Supports and Hangers
The supports and hangers of the splash type
packings with PVC and stainless steel
materials and film type packings shall be
stainless steel. The supports and hangers for
the splash type packing with wood material,
shall be properly treated wood.
8.19 Tower Supports
The cooling tower supports shall be made of
reinforced concrete or steel depending on the
Purchaser’s approval.
8.20 Risers, Manifolds, Reducers and
Distributors
These components shall be hot-dip galvanized
steel.
8.21 Risers and Trash Racks Including
Frame
8.21.1 For fresh water services these
components shall be carbon steel galvanized
per ASTM-A 123
8.21.2 For brackish and sea water services
these components shall be stainless steel Type
316. In these cases means of protecting
hardware from crevice corrosion, such as
cathodic protection by carbon steel, shall be
provided.
8.22 Gear (Speed Reducer) Casing
8.22.1 For fresh water services, it shall be cast
or ductile iron properly galvanized.
8.22.2 For brackish and sea water services, it
shall be cast or ductile iron properly galvanized
and coated with two coats of coal tarpolyamide
epoxy 400 µm total nominal * dry film
thickness. For Engineering Standard for Paint
see IPS-E-TP-100.
41
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ روي اﻧﺪود ﺑﺮاي‬، ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت آب ﺷﻮر و آب درﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دو ﻻﻳﻪ از‬
‫رﻧﮓ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﺮان زﻏﺎل ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
. ‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮو ﻣﺘﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‬400 ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ‬18-8
‫ و‬PVC ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻜﻪ اي از ﺟﻨﺲ‬
.‫ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن و ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﭼﻜﻪ اي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭼﻮب ﺑﻪ‬
. ‫ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮج‬19-8
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮج ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬، ‫ ﭼﻨﺪ راﻫﻪ ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ‬20-8
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
. ‫اﻳﻦ اﺟﺰاء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ و آﺷﻐﺎل ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﺳﻜﻠﺖ‬21-8
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي آب ﺗﺎزه اﻳﻦ اﺟﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬1-21-8
. ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ASTM-A-123 ‫ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي آب ﺷﻮر و آب درﻳﺎ اﻳﻦ اﺟﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد‬2-21-8
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد روﺷﻬﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰار‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬316 ‫زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﺗﺪي ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد‬،‫در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺷﻴﺎري‬
. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬، ‫ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬
(‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ دﻧﺪه )ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬22-8
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﭼﺪن‬، ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي آب ﺗﺎزه‬1-22-8
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮي ﻳﺎ ﭼﺪن ﻧﺸﻜﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ‬، ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي آب ﺷﻮر و آب درﻳﺎ‬2-22-8
‫ﭼﺪن ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮي وﻳﺎ ﭼﺪن ﻧﺸﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ دو‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ رﻧﮓ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﺮان زﻏﺎل ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬. ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬، ‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﺘﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه‬400 ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
. ‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-100 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ رﻧﮓ‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
5 APPENDICES
6 APPENDIX A
INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BY
THE PURCHASER
A.1 Location of Site
a) National grid ref. or equipment.......................
b) Height above ground level.......................... m
c) Height above sea level................................ m
d) Maximum expected wind speed............m/sec
e) Speed of prevailing wind ..................... m/sec
f) Direction of prevailing wind……....................
A.2 Site Details
a) Available area:
- Length..................................................... m
- Width..................................................... m
b) Height limit:
- min .......................................................... m
- max .......................................................... m
c) Any other restrictions.................................
d) Drawing of tower location attached
A.3 Lifetime of the Cooling Tower and its
Type
a) Lifetime ................................................. years
b) Type (1)................................................
A.4 Restrictions on Unit Size (2)
a) Number of towers................................................
b) Maximum lifetime mass ........................... kg
c) Maximum operating mass ......................... kg
d) Max. permissible size of largest section:
- Length..................................................... m
- Width………................................................. m
- Height……...................................................... m
e) Are they required with basins?
42
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار آﻣﺎده ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬1-‫اﻟﻒ‬
........................ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻐﺮاﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬.............. ‫ب( ارﺗﻔﺎع از ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬................ ‫ج( ارﺗﻔﺎع از ﺳﻄﺢ درﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬.................‫د( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﺑﺎد‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬......................... ‫ﻫ( ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎد ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬
....................................................................................‫ز( ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎد ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
: ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﻄﺢ در دﺳﺘﺮس‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬....................................................................................... ‫ ﻃﻮل‬-
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬...................................................................................... ‫ ﻋﺮض‬-
:‫ب( ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬.................................................................................... ‫ ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬-
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬................................................................................... ‫ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬-
................................................................. ‫ج( ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ دﻳﮕﺮ‬
. ‫د( ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮج ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﺮ و ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ ﺳﺎل‬................................................................................ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﺮ‬
.......................................................................................(1) ‫ب( ﻧﻮع‬
( 2)
‫ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه واﺣﺪ‬4-‫اﻟﻒ‬
............................................................................... ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬............................................. ‫ب( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺮم در ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬.................................................‫ج( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺮم ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري‬
:‫د( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﻧﺪازه ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬.......................................................................................... ‫ ﻃﻮل‬-
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬......................................................................................... ‫ ﻋﺮض‬-
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬........................................................................................ ‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬-
‫ﻫ( آﻳﺎ ﺑﺮاي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد؟‬
 ‫آﺑﺎن ‪Oct 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪A.5 Preliminary Duty of Each Tower (Design‬‬
‫)‪Conditions)(1‬‬
‫‪a) Water flow.............................................. m³/h‬‬
‫ب( دﻣﺎي آب ورودي ‪ ................................................‬درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫‪b) Inlet water temperature............................. °C‬‬
‫ج( دﻣﺎي آب ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‪ .................................................‬درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫‪c) Outlet water temperature …………..……..°C‬‬
‫)‪A.6 Ambient Air Conditions(4‬‬
‫‪a) Max. dry bulb temperature ........................ °C‬‬
‫‪b) Min. dry bulb temperature......................... °C‬‬
‫‪c) Max. wet bulb temperature........................ °C‬‬
‫‪d) min. wet bulb temperature ........................ °C‬‬
‫‪e) Max. relative humidity ............................... %‬‬
‫‪f) min. relative humidity................................ %‬‬
‫…………… ?‪g) Is sand storm happening at site‬‬
‫‪h) Size of biggest particles in air …………..…..‬‬
‫……………… ‪i) Size of smallest particle in air‬‬
‫‪j) Amount of particles in air (%): .................................‬‬
‫‪- By volume............................................... %‬‬
‫‪- By weight ....................................................... %‬‬
‫)‪k) preliminary ambient air design conditions:(1‬‬
‫‪- Dry bulb temp ........................................ °C‬‬
‫‪- Wet bulb temp ........................................ °C‬‬
‫‪- Relative humidity....................................‬‬
‫‪A.7 Electricity supply‬‬
‫‪a) Voltage....................................................... V‬‬
‫‪b) Phase.........................................................‬‬
‫‪c) Frequency............................................. C/sec‬‬
‫‪d) Available power …………...................... kW‬‬
‫‪A.8 Noise‬‬
‫‪The system shall be designed and provided to‬‬
‫‪comply with this Standard ............................ yes‬‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫)‪IPS-G-ME-160(2‬‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 5-‬ﺑﺎر ﺑﺮاوردي ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮج )ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ(‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب ‪ ..................................................‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫)‪(4‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 6-‬ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻫﻮاي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﺣﺒﺎب ﺧﺸﻚ ‪ ..........................‬درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫ب( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﺣﺒﺎب ﺧﺸﻚ ‪ ..............................‬درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫ج( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﺣﺒﺎب ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ‪ ............................‬درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫د( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﺣﺒﺎب ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ‪ ..............................‬درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫ﻫ( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ‪ ..........................................‬درﺻﺪ‬
‫و( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ‪ ...........................................‬درﺻﺪ‬
‫ز( آﻳﺎ ﻃﻮﻓﺎن ﺷﻦ در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ اﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﻲ اﻓﺘﺪ؟‪.........................‬‬
‫ح( اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ذره ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻫﻮا ‪.....................................‬‬
‫ط( اﻧﺪازه ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ذره ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻫﻮا ‪...........................................‬‬
‫ي( ﻣﻴﺰان ذرات ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻫﻮا )ﺑﻪ درﺻﺪ(‪....................................... :‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ‪ .......................................................................‬درﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وزﻧﻲ ‪ ...........................................................................‬درﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ك( ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫‪ -‬دﻣﺎي ﺣﺒﺎب ﺧﺸﻚ ‪ ....................................‬درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫‪ -‬دﻣﺎي ﺣﺒﺎب ﺗﺮ ‪ ............................................‬درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫‪ -‬رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ‪...............................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 7-‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮق‬
‫اﻟﻒ( وﻟﺘﺎژ ‪ ......................................................................................‬وﻟﺖ‬
‫ب( ﻓﺎز ‪.................................................................................................‬‬
‫ج(ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ )ﺑﺴﺎﻣﺪ( ‪ .....................................................‬ﺳﻴﻜﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫د( ﺗﻮان در دﺳﺘﺮس ‪ ..............................................................‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وات‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 8-‬ﺳﺮ و ﺻﺪا‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮد ‪ .....................................................................................................‬ﺑﻠﻪ‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
A.9 Details of Water ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت آب‬9-‫اﻟﻒ‬

a) Type.......................................................... ................................................................................................ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻮع‬

b) Source ……………................................... ................................................................................................ ‫ب( ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
c) The variation of water analysis and ‫ج( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ و دﻣﺎي آب در زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎل)در ﺻﻮرت‬
temperature during different times of the year :‫وﺟﻮد( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
(if any) shall be as stated below:
d) Maximum inlet water temperature ............ °C ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬................................... ‫د( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي آب ورودي‬
e) Minimum inlet water temperature ............. °C ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬.................................... ‫ﻫ( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي آب ورودي‬

f) Maximum acceptable outlet water ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬.............. ‫و( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل آب ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
temperature …………………….................... °C
g) Minimum acceptable outlet water ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬............... ‫ز( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل آب ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
temperature ……………………………….... °C
h) Water supplier …………........................... ..................................................................... ‫ح( ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب‬
i) Preliminary recommended details of intended ‫ط( ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت اوﻟﻴﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي دﻣﺎي آب ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه )اﮔﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬
water temperature ( if known) shall be as (1)
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
follows:(1)

j) Recommended purge rate (1) ................. L/sec

.... ‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬.................................(1) ‫ي( ﻧﺮخ دور رﻳﺰي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬

k) Mains pressure available for make up..... kPa ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬..................... ‫ك( ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺮاي آب ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬

l) pressure available at tower inlet...... kPa ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬...............‫ل( ﻓﺸﺎري ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ورودي ﺑﺮج‬

m)Expected contamination ................................. ....................................................... ‫م( ﻣﻴﺰان آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﻈﺎر‬

n)Basin.................................................................................. ...................................................................................... ‫ن( ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ‬
1) The basin design shall be done by.................... ‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬.......................................... ‫( ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬1
2) The material shall be provided by................... ‫ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬............................................................. ‫( ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬2

o) Inlet and outlet pipe characteristics available
at site:
1) Inlet:
- Number...........................................................
- Nominal size.........................................................
- Material (relevant standard)..........................
- Any flange available……………………..
- Flange material (relevant standard)...................
- Location.....................................................................
:‫س( ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬
:‫( ورودي‬1
................................................................................................ ‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد‬-
................................................................................... ‫ اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ‬-
......................................................... (‫ ﺟﻨﺲ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬-
.................................................................................. ‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬-
................................................ (‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬-
......................................................................................... ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬-

44
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
2) Outlet: ‫( ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬2
- Number................................................................. ................................................................................................ ‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد‬-
- Nominal size............................................ ................................................................................... ‫ اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ‬-
- Material (relevant standard)..................... .......................................................... (‫ ﺟﻨﺲ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬-
- Any flange available.................................... .................................................................................. ‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬-
- Flange material (relevant standard)................. ................................................. (‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬-
- Location………………………….................... ......................................................................................... ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬-

p) Make up water ‫ع( آب ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬

- Temperature........................................... °C
- Pressure............ .......................................................kPa
- Quantity (3) .......................................................L/sec
- Source...........................................................
- Analysis shall be as follows:
.................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬...................................................................... ‫ دﻣﺎ‬-
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬.......................................................................... ‫ ﻓﺸﺎر‬-
‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬..................................................................... (3)‫ ﻣﻘﺪار‬-
................................................................................ ‫ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬-
:‫ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................

A.10 Indoor Tank Method ‫ روش ﻣﺨﺰن ﺳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه‬10-‫اﻟﻒ‬

a) Is there any possibility to use indoor tank ‫اﻟﻒ( آﻳﺎ اﻣﻜﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از روش ﻣﺨﺰن ﺳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه وﺟﻮد دارد ؟‬
method?
b) The location of indoor tank and available ‫ب( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه و ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ‬
space will be as follows: :‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬

A.11 Is there any possibility to use wood in any ‫ آﻳﺎ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﻴﺮي ﭼﻮب در ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬11-‫اﻟﻒ‬
part of the cooling tower? ‫وﺟﻮد دارد ؟‬
A.12 Is it necessary to provide side stream ‫ آﻳﺎ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ آب ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻛﻨﺎري‬12-‫اﻟﻒ‬
filtration for basin water? (1) (1)
‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ؟‬
Notes: :‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
1) They will be finalized during contract .‫( اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد در ﻃﻲ اﺟﺮاي ﻗﺮارداد ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬1
execution.

2) Any restrictions, particular to the site, shall ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻔﺎف ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬،‫( ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ‬2
be made clear. Particular attention shall be :‫ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ وﻳﮋه ﺷﻮد‬
drawn to the followings:
- Restricted access for delivery vehicles. ‫ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬-
- Restricted access for cooling towers into ‫ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬-
building.
- Building design restrictions to air ‫ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻮا‬-
movement.

45
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
- Details of adjacent chimneys, discharge ‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت دودﻛﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎور‬
ventilation fans or process discharges and ‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
other heat sources and equipment
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﺮارت ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ‬
consideration shall be given to possible
environmental heat gain which may increase ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻣﺎي ﺣﺒﺎب ﺧﺸﻚ ﻫﻮاي‬
the wet bulb temperature of the air at intake .‫ داده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ورودي ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
of the cooling tower.

3) This quantity is the maximum available and ‫( اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اﺳﺖ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ در‬3
Vendor shall optimize the consumption .‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺼﺮف را ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
considering this Standard.

4) Complete details of the meteorological data ‫( ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻫﻮا ﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و‬4
shall be provided by purchaser and submitted to .‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
the Vendor as a part of this Appendix.

46
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)

7 APPENDIX B ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BY ‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
VENDOR

B.1 Preliminary proposed type of tower(1) .................... ...................................................(1) ‫ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮج‬1-‫ب‬
B.2 Number of towers.................................................. ........................................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎ‬2-‫ب‬
B.3 Number of cells in each tower…......................... ......... .................................................. ‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻠﻮل ﻫﺎ در ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮج‬3-‫ب‬
B.4 Maximum lifting/operating mass of ...................... ‫ در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر‬/‫ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ وزن ﺑﺮج در ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن‬4-‫ب‬
tower.................................................................. kg/kg ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم‬/‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم‬
B.5 Lifetime of cooling tower and its ‫ ﺳﺎل‬........ ‫ ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬5-‫ب‬
auxiliaries............................................................ years
B.6 Dry mass of each tower............................... ................kg ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم‬............................................... ‫ وزن ﺧﺸﻚ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮج‬6-‫ب‬
B.7 A mass distribution diagram is ‫ ﺑﻠﻪ‬................... ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ وزن ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬7-‫ب‬
enclosed................................................................. yes

B.8 Maximum size of largest section: :‫ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ‬8-‫ب‬

- Length ............................................................................m
- Width............................................................... m
- Height ..................................................................... m
B.9 Design of basin will be done by...........................
B.10 Material of basin will be supplied by..................
B.11 Preliminary duty of each tower (design
conditions):(1)
a) Water flow................... ........................................m³/hr
b) Inlet water temperature............................. °C
c) Outlet water temperature ......................... °C
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬.................................................................................... ‫ ﻃﻮل‬-
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬................................................................................... ‫ ﻋﺮض‬-
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬.................................................................................. ‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬-
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬.......................... ‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬9 -‫ب‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬..........................‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬10 -‫ب‬
(1)
:(‫ ﺑﺎر اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮج )ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬11-‫ب‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ در ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬........................................... ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬.......................................... ‫ب( دﻣﺎي آب ورودي‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬......................................... ‫ج( دﻣﺎي آب ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬

B.12 Preliminary proposed packings:(1) :‫ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي اوﻟﻴﻪ‬12 -‫ب‬

a) Type................................................................
b) Material...........................................................
B.13 Casing:
a) Material..............................................................
b) Protective treatment..............................................................
............................................................................................. ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻮع‬
......................................................................................... ‫ب( ﺟﻨﺲ‬
:‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬13-‫ب‬
......................................................................................... ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺟﻨﺲ‬
........................................................................ ‫ب( ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬

47
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
B.14 Fans:
a) Type...................................................................
b) Number in each tower........................................
c) Fan static pressure........................................ kPa
d) Fan speed ................................................................rpm
e) Handling wet of ambient air.......................................
f) Manufacturer............................................................
B.15 Motors:
a) Number per tower................................................
b) Absorbed power by each motor................... kW
c) Rated power of each motor.......................... kW
d) Speed.............................................................. rpm
e) Electricity supply:
- Voltage.................................. .............................................V
- Phase…………………………………………..
- Frequency..................................................... Hz
f) Frame size............................................................
g) Enclosure.................................................................................
h) Manufacturer......................................................
i) Inside wet stream (yes/no)...................................
j) Outside wet stream (yes/no)................................
B.16 Drive details will be as follows:
B.17 Distribution system:
a) Type.......................................................................
b) Minimum pressure at tower inlet.................. kPa
B.18 Drift eliminators:
a) Material.............................................................
b) Expected drift loss ................................................ %
B.19 Purge rate (1)........................................... L/sec
48
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
:‫ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ‬14 -‫ب‬
......................................................................................... ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻮع‬
................................................................... ‫ب( ﺗﻌﺪاد در ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮج‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬................................................ ‫ج( ﻓﺸﺎر اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﻦ‬
‫ دور ﺑﺮ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬.............................................................. ‫د( ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﻦ‬
................................................. ‫ﻫ( رﻃﻮﺑﺖ زﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮاي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
........................................................................................ ‫و( ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
:‫ ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ‬15 -‫ب‬
.................................................................. ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻌﺪاد در ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮج‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وات‬............................................. ‫ب( ﺗﻮان درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وات‬.................................................... ‫ج( ﺗﻮان اﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬
‫ دور ﺑﺮ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬..................................................................... ‫د( ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
:‫ﻫ( ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮق‬
‫ وﻟﺖ‬.................................................................................... ‫ وﻟﺘﺎژ‬-
.......................................................................................... ‫ ﻓﺎز‬-
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬.............................................................. (‫ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ )ﺑﺴﺎﻣﺪ‬-
................................................................................... ‫و( اﻧﺪازه ﻗﺎب‬
...................................................................................... ‫ز( ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
...................................................................................... ‫ح( ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
........................................ (‫ﺧﻴﺮ‬/‫ط( ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺮﻃﻮب داﺧﻠﻲ )ﺑﻠﻪ‬
....................................... (‫ﺧﻴﺮ‬/‫ي( ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ )ﺑﻠﻪ‬
:‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﮔﺮدش ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح ذﻳﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬16-‫ب‬
: ‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬17-‫ب‬
........................................................................................ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻮع‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬................. ‫ب( ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر در ورودي ﺑﺮج‬
:‫ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي آب ﻫﻤﺮاه‬18-‫ب‬
................................................................................... ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺟﻨﺲ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬.........................‫ب( ﺗﻠﻔﺎت آب ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﻈﺎر‬
‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬................................................(1) ‫ ﻧﺮخ دور رﻳﺰ‬19-‫ب‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
B.20 Required make up:(1)
- Pressure ......................................................... kPa
- Temperature ................................................ °C
- Flow............................................................. L/sec
- Analysis shall be as follows:
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
(1)
:‫ آب ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬20-‫ب‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬...................................................................... ‫ ﻓﺸﺎر‬-
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬.................................................................. ‫ دﻣﺎ‬-
‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬................................................................... ‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬-
:‫ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

B.21 Noise ‫ ﺳﺮ و ﺻﺪا‬21-‫ب‬

The system shall be designed and provided to comply .‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
with this Standard.

B.22 All information listed in Appendix A, items ،9-‫ ﻣﻮارد اﻟﻒ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت درج ﺷﺪه در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬22-‫ب‬
A.9, A.10 and A.11 shall be provided and listed ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ و در زﻳﺮ درج‬،11-‫ اﻟﻒ‬،10-‫اﻟﻒ‬
herebelow by the Vendor:
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬

49
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
The filling by the Vendor:
B.23 The ambient air design conditions: (1) :
- Dry bulb......................................................... °C
- Wet bulb ...................................................... °C
- Relative humidity....................................... %
B.24 Materials (the relevant standards for materials
and coatings shall be mentioned):
a) Basin..................................................................
b) Basin sump.........................................................
c) Framework..........................................................
d) Casing.................................................................
e) Packing.........................................................................
f) Spray nozzles.......................................................
g) Louvers…….................................................................
h) Drift eliminators.................................................
i) Fan blade.............................................................................
j) Fan hub...............................................................
k) Fan deck.............................................................
l) Fan stack..............................................................
m) Fan shaft, discs, flexible coupling and belting…
n) Hardware.............................................................
o) Supports and guards for mechanical equipment......
p) Support for electric motors..................................
q) Packings supports...............................................
r) Hangers...............................................................
s) Tower support.........................................................................
t) Risers..................................................................
u) Manifolds..........................................................
50
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
:‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
(1)
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻫﻮاي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬23-‫ب‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬................................................ ‫ ﺣﺒﺎب ﺧﺸﻚ‬-
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬........................................................ ‫ ﺣﺒﺎب ﺗﺮ‬-
‫ درﺻﺪ‬................................................................. ‫ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬-
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻨﺲ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎ‬24-‫ب‬
(‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
..................................................................................... ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ‬
................................................................ ‫ب( ﭼﺎﻻب ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ‬
........................................................................................... ‫ج( اﺳﻜﻠﺖ‬
............................................................................................. ‫د( ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
.............................................................................................. ‫ﻫ( ﭘﺮﻛﻦ‬
........................................................................... ‫و( اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺎ‬
......................................................................................... ‫ز( ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
.................................. ‫ح( ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي آب ﻫﻤﺮاه‬
........................................................................................ ‫ط( ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻓﻦ‬
.......................................................................... ‫ي( ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻓﻦ‬
.....................................................................................‫ك( ﺳﻜﻮي ﻓﻦ‬
.................................................................................. ‫ل( دودﻛﺶ ﻓﻦ‬
......‫ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ و ﺗﺴﻤﻪ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬،‫ دﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎ‬،‫م( ﻣﺤﻮر ﻓﻦ‬
................................................................................... ‫ن( ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰار‬
................ ‫س( ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
.................................................. ‫ع( ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
.............................................................‫ف( ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ‬
........................................................................................ ‫ص( ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎ‬
............................................................................. ‫ق( ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺮج‬
.................................................................................. ‫ر( ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
................................................................................. ‫ش( ﭼﻨﺪ راﻫﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
v) Reducers............................................................. ................................................................................. ‫ث( ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
w) Screens including frame..................................... ............................................................... ‫خ( ﺗﻮري ﻫﺎي ﻗﺎب دار‬
x) Trash racks including frame............................... ...........................................................‫ذ( آﺷﻐﺎﻟﮕﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﺎب دار‬
y) Gear casing........................................................ ..................................................................... ‫ض( ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ دﻧﺪه‬
z) The materials of other parts shall be specified ‫ظ( ﺟﻨﺲ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ذﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد‬
herebelow

26 Name of Part Material 27 MATERIAL

‫ﻧﺎم ﺟﻨﺲ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺲ‬
.......................... .......................
........................... ........................
......................... .....................
........................... .......................
......................... .....................
........................... .......................
........................... ......................
28

B.25 Freeze Protection: :‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ‬25 -‫ب‬

a) Are two speed fans provided? ‫اﻟﻒ( آﻳﺎ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي دو ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺗﺪارك ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ؟‬
b) Are fans stopping provided? ‫ب( آﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺪارك ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ؟‬
c) Are fans reversing provided? ‫ج( آﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺪارك ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ؟‬
d) Are fans speed control provided? ‫د( آﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺪارك ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ؟‬
e) Are fans with variable pitch? ‫ﻫ( آﻳﺎ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ زاوﻳﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺗﺪارك ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ؟‬

f) Is preheating of the inlet air with hot water bypass
provided?
g) Are adjustable inlet air louvers provided?
h) Is reducing the numbers of packings cells
provided?
‫و( آﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻦ ﻫﻮاي ورودي ﺑﺎ آب ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر ﺗﺪارك‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ؟‬
‫ز( آﻳﺎ ﺑﺎدﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ در ورودي ﻫﻮا ﺗﺪارك ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ح( آﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻠﻮل ﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﺗﺪارك ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ؟‬

i) Prevention of basin water from freezing: ‫ط( ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ آب ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ از ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ‬

• Basin draining ‫• ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ‬
• Indoor tank method ‫• روش ﻣﺨﺰن ﺳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه‬
• Electric immersion heater or steam heating ‫• روش ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر‬
methods
• Bypass circulation method ‫• روش ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر‬

B.26 The provisions provided in the system for the ‫ اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﺗﺪارك ﺷﺪه در ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬26-‫ب‬
followings shall be described in the empty space .‫ﻓﻀﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﻮد‬
below:

51
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)
a) Reducing the drift effects: :‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﺛﺮات ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي‬
b) Reducing the blow out nuisance: :‫ب( ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﺑﺮون ﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬
c) Reducing the fogging and plume nuisance: :‫ج( ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﻣﻪ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ‬
d) Blow down and draining: :‫د( دور رﻳﺰ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
e) Noise level: :‫ﻫ( ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا‬
f) Access to different parts: :‫و( دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
g) Fire prevention: :‫ز( ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي‬

h) Outlet water temperature lower limit: :‫ح( ﺣﺪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ دﻣﺎي آب ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬

i) Maximum inlet water temperature: :‫ط( ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ دﻣﺎي آب ورودي‬
j) Removing scale: :‫ي( ﺑﺮ ﻃﺮف ﻛﺮدن رﺳﻮﺑﺎت‬

k) Vibration isolation: :(‫ك( ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ارﺗﻌﺎش )ﻟﺮزش ﮔﻴﺮي‬

l) Fans stopping where there is no power supply to :‫ل( ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮدن ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮق‬
their motors:
m) Screen for air inlet: :‫م( ﺗﻮري ﻫﻮاي ورودي‬
n) Interference problem: :‫ن( ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ‬
o) Recirculation problem: :‫س( ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬
p) Water treatment: :‫ع( ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ آب‬

Note: :‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
(1)
They will be finalized during contract. .‫(ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ در ﻃﻲ ﻗﺮارداد ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬1)

52
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)

8 APPENDIX C ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج‬
CONSIDERATION ON SOME FACTORS ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻲ در ﺧﺼﻮص ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬
AFFECTING RECIRCULATION

C.1 Tower Shape and Orientation with ‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮج و زاوﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎد ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬1-‫ج‬
Prevailing Wind
Considering the speed and direction of ‫ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬، ‫ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ و ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎد ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬
prevailing wind, the cooling tower shall be
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﻫﻴﭻ‬
located in a way that relatively lower pressure
area is not created on none of the open sides of ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎز ورودي ﻫﻮا ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﺸﻮد ﺗﺎ‬
inlet air to the cooling tower to prevent the ‫از ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻫﻮاي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و اﺛﺮ ﮔﺬاري ﺑﺮ روي دﻣﺎي ﻫﻮاي‬
outlet air being recirculated and affecting the
inlet air temperature. If this concept can not be ‫ ﻳﻜﻲ از‬، ‫ اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ راﻫﻜﺎر اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬. ‫ورودي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
implemented, one of the following methods, . ‫روﺷﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﭘﺲ از ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻨﻲ و ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
after technical and cost evaluation, shall be
selected:

a) If rectangular, induced type cooling tower
is going to be selected, it shall be devided
into several cooling towers having less
length with significant air space in between.
Length to width ratio shall be about 5 to 1.
‫اﻟﻒ( اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻜﺸﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮل ﻛﻤﺘﺮ و ﻓﻀﺎي‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻃﻮل ﺑﻪ‬. ‫ﻫﻮاي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ در ﺑﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
. ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1 ‫ ﺑﻪ‬5 ‫ﻋﺮض ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪود‬

b) The cooling tower shape shall be changed ‫ب( ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ داﻳﺮه ﻳﺎ ﻫﺸﺖ‬
from rectangular to circular or octagonal ‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ذﻛﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬. ‫ﺿﻠﻌﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
one. It is notable that circular or octagonal
induced type cooling towers are more
‫ﻣﻜﺶ اﺟﺒﺎري ﻫﺸﺖ ﺿﻠﻌﻲ و داﻳﺮه اي ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ‬
sensitive to interference problem, therefore if ،‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ اﮔﺮ ﻗﺼﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬، ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﺘﺮﻧﺪ‬
this shape is going to be selected provisions . ‫اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﻣﻮاﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺛﺮ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪارك دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
to face with interference effect shall be
provided.

c) Changing the height of cooling tower or ‫ج( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻮران ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
adopting natural or fan assisted natural ‫ﻛﻮران ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻓﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻮع‬
draught instead of induced type cooling
tower which causes decreasing the
‫ﻣﻜﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
recirculation rate due to discharging warm . ‫ﻫﻮاي ﮔﺮم در ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
air at higher levels.

d) In single flow rectangular mechanical ‫د( در ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﺗﻚ‬
draught cooling towers, where there is only ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎز ﺑﺮاي ورودي ﻫﻮا وﺟﻮد‬
one open area for air intake, the open area
shall be positioned broad side to the
. ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎد ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬، ‫دارد‬
prevailing wind direction.

C.2 Air Discharge Velocity ‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﺮوج ﻫﻮا‬2-‫ج‬

The velocity of air leaving the fans of induced ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﺮوج ﻫﻮا از ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
type cooling towers shall be optimized to . ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
decrease the recirculation rate to the acceptable
amount.

53
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
This speed shall not increase excessively
because it needs either more input power or
longer fans stacks (cylinders).
C.3 Height and Spacing of Fans Stacks
(Cylinders)
Longer fan stacks have lower recirculation. This
concept shall be considered as far as technically
and economically preferable in comparison with
other methods. suitable spacing shall be
provided between fans stacks to create less
restricted wind flow between them.
C.4 Density Difference Between Exit Air and
Ambient Air
The density difference between exit air and
ambient air shows the tendency for exit air to
come down and probably causing recirculation
in certain types of cooling towers depending on
the prevailing wind direction, location of the
cooling tower and other factors affecting
recirculation.
54
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ زﻳﺎد از ﺣﺪ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ آﻧﻜﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪ ﺗﻮان ورودي ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ دودﻛﺶ ﻫﺎي )اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي( ﻓﻦ‬
.‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﮔﺬاري دودﻛﺶ ﻫﺎ )اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي( ﻓﻦ‬3-‫ج‬
‫ﻫﺎ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬. ‫دودﻛﺶ ﻓﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺑﺎزﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻛﻤﺘﺮي دارد‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻨﻲ و اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي در ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ روش ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬. ‫ﺑﺮﺗﺮي دارد در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫دودﻛﺶ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺪارك دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
. ‫ﺑﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻔﺎوت ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﻮاي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﻫﻮاي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬4-‫ج‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎوت ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﻮاي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﻫﻮاي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻮاي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ آﻣﺪن و اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻳﺠﺎد ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ در‬
‫ ﻣﻜﺎن‬، ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ اﻧﻮاع ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎد ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬
. ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬، ‫ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
9 ATTACHMENTS
1. TYPES OF COOLING TOWERS
In addition to the description in Clauses 1.1 to
1.4 given below, the definition given in Clause
4 of BS 4485: Part 3:1988 also shall be used in
determining the types of cooling towers for a
definite project and location.
1.1 Natural Draught Cooling Towers
In these type of cooling towers the air flow rate
is dependent on natural wind forces, cooling
tower height, ambient air temperature and
restrictions made by the tower casing and shell
and the tower internal and external equipment.
This type of cooling tower can be either
counterflow or crossflow type. In counterflow
type coolers the air and water flow directions
are opposite to each other while in crossflow
type coolers the air direction is perpendicular to
water flow direction. Typical diagrams of these
types of coolers are shown in Figs. 1 (a) and (b)
respectively.
1.2 Mechanical Draught Cooling Tower
1.2.1 Forced draught counterflow cooling
tower
In this type of cooling tower the air flow rate
depends upon the fans characteristics and tower
internal equipment. This type of cooling tower
shall not be used in places where there is a
freezing hazard, because of possibility of icing
on fan blades and consequently causing
unbalance of fan which shall be avoided. This
type of cooling tower in these areas shall be
used for indoor or enclosure installations with
ductwork for air intake (if necessary).
Since normally centrifugal type fans are used in
this type of cooling towers, a higher static
pressure will be exerted by fan enabling to
intake air to the fan through suitable ducting
and minimizing the recirculation effect. Fig. 2
shows a typical arrangement of this type of
coolers.
1.2.2 Induce draught crossflow and
counterflow cooling tower
The air flow in this type of cooling towers also
depends on fan characteristics and restrictions
made by cooling tower equipment.
55
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ﺿﻤﺎﻳﻢ‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-1
‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اراﺋﻪ‬، ‫ زﻳﺮ‬4-1 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1-1 ‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﺷﺮح اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻧﻴﺰ‬BS 4485 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1988 ‫ ﺳﺎل‬3 ‫ از ﺑﺨﺶ‬4 ‫ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮوژه و‬
.‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
‫ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬1-1
‫در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوﻫﺎي ﺑﺎد‬
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻫﻮاي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ و‬،‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺘﻬﺎي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﺮج و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ‬. ‫داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺮج ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬
. ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻧﻮع ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮع ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫در ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب و ﻫﻮا‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮﻧﺪ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﻮا ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب اﺳﺖ‬
‫ )اﻟﻒ( و )ب( ﺑﻪ‬1 ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ در ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬2-1
‫ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران دﻣﺸﻲ‬1-2-1
‫در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻦ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬. ‫و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ‬، ‫در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻧﺠﻤﺎد وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫روي ﺗﻴﻐﻪ )ﭘﺮه( ﻫﺎي ﻓﻦ و در ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮازن ﻓﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ‬. ‫از آن ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد ؛ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻓﻀﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻘﻒ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ورودي ﻫﻮا از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل )در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫از آﻧﺠﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ در اﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ روﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ورود ﻫﻮا ﺑﻪ ﻓﻦ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
. ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺳﺎزي اﺛﺮ ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮح ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ را ﻧﺸﺎن‬2 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
. ‫ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ و ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﺑﺎ‬2-2-1
‫ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻦ و ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺘﻬﺎي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮج‬
. ‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬
Fans shall be installed in the air flow stream
after tower internal equipment. Figs. 3, 4, 5, 6,
7(a) an (b) are typical arrangements of different
types of this type of cooling tower.
In circular and octagonal induced type of
cooling towers interference matter shall be
carefully reviewed to optimize it by taking
preventive actions.
1.3 Fan Assisted Natural Draught Cooling
Tower
This type of cooling tower is a combination of
natural and mechanical draught cooling towers.
It shall be properly designed and selected to
obtain the following advantages:
a) Lowest possible operation cost, because
the draught provided by stack height will be
achieved without any power input, therefore
operating cost will be lower. However the
cost evaluation and analysis of capital,
maintenance and operation costs, sometimes
prove that this type of cooling tower is the
most economical one.
b) A properly designed cooling tower may
necessitate to use fans only when ambient
temperature is more than a limited value.
c) In places where plume shall be as low as
possible, this type of cooling tower may be a
solution. A typical arrangement of this type
of cooling tower is shown in Fig. 8.
1.4 Field Erected Cooling Towers
In this type of cooling towers the primary
construction activities take place at the site. All
big cooling towers, and many of the smaller
towers are prefabricated, piece marked and
shipped to the site for final assembly.
Supervision for final assembly is usually
provided by the Vendor, if requested by
purchaser. . See Fig. 10,11,12
1.5 Factory Assembled Cooling Towers
In this type of cooling towers complete
assembly will be done at manufacturer’s shops,
but according to the shipment limitations,
towers will be separated to different parts for
easiness of shipment (if necessary), and then
assembled at site again. Factory assembled
towers are also known as packaged or unitary,
towers.
56
IPS-G-ME-160(2)
‫ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا ﭘﺲ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ )اﻟﻒ( و )ب( ﻃﺮح ﻫﺎي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬7 ‫ و‬6 ، 5 ، 4 ، 3 ‫ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬. ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
. ‫از اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻜﺸﻲ داﻳﺮه اي و ﻫﺸﺖ ﺿﻠﻌﻲ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺨﺎذ اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮاﻧﻪ‬
. ‫ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻓﻦ‬3-1
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ از ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آوردن ﻣﺰاﻳﺎي زﻳﺮ‬.‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
. ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮج ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮران‬، ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع دودﻛﺶ ﺑﺪون ﺗﻮان ورودي ﺑﺪﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل‬.‫ﻣﻲآﻳﺪ؛ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮاﺗﻲ و‬،‫ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ و آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ اي‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ اوﻗﺎت ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﺗﺮﻳﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ب( ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺎ را ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ از ﻳﻚ‬
. ‫ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ‬، ‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬، ‫ج( در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دود ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ‬. ‫ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ راه ﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن‬8 ‫ﻃﺮح ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
. ‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ‬4-1
‫در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﺶ ﻋﻤﺪه ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺰرگ و‬. ‫در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬،‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎري از ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬاري ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه در ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ را‬12 ‫ و‬11 ، 10 ‫ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬، ‫درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
. ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺷﺪه در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬5-1
‫ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي‬، ‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ اﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺘﻬﺎي ارﺳﺎل ﻛﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻬﺖ آﺳﺎن ﺳﺎزي ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ )در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز( ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺠﺪداً در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺷﺪه در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ‬. ‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
. ‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﻳﺎ واﺣﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
 ‫آﺑﺎن ‪Oct 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-160(2‬‬
‫ﺧﺮوج ﻫﻮا‬

‫اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺎي آب‬

‫ورود ﻫﻮا‬

‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬

‫‪a) Counterflow type cooling tower‬‬

‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻌﻜﻮس‬

‫ﺧﺮوج ﻫﻮا‬

‫ورود آب‬

‫ورود ﻫﻮا‬

‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬

‫‪b) Crossflow type cooling tower‬‬

‫ب( ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬

‫‪Fig. 1‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪1‬‬

‫‪57‬‬
 ‫آﺑﺎن ‪Oct 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-160(2‬‬

‫ﺧﺮوج ﻫﻮا‬
‫اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻜﻬﺎي آب‬

‫ورود ﻫﻮا‬

‫ﺧﺮوج آب‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪Fig. 2-FORCED DRAUGHT COUNTERFLOW COOLING TOWER‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران دﻣﺸﻲ‬

‫ﺧﺮوج ﻫﻮا‬

‫ورود آب‬
‫ورود ﻫﻮا‬

‫ورود ﻫﻮا‬

‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪Fig. 3-INDUCED COUNTERFLOW TYPE COOLING TOWER‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -3‬ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻣﻜﺸﻲ‬

‫‪58‬‬
 ‫آﺑﺎن ‪Oct 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-160(2‬‬

‫ﺧﺮوج ﻫﻮا‬
‫ورود آب‬

‫ورود ﻫﻮا‬

‫ﺧﺮوج آب‬

‫‪Fig. 4- INDUCED CROSSFLOW TYPE COOLING TOWER‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻜﺸﻲ‬

‫ﺧﺮوج ﻫﻮا‬

‫ورود آب‬

‫ورود ﻫﻮا‬

‫ﺧﺮوج آب‬

‫‪Fig. 5- SINGLE FLOW INDUCED CROSSFLOW TYPE COOLING TOWER‬‬

‫‪AIR INTAKE IS FROM ONE SIDE ONLY‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -5‬ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻜﺸﻲ ﺗﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ورود ﻫﻮا ﺗﻨﻬﺎ از ﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

‫‪59‬‬
 ‫آﺑﺎن ‪Oct 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-160(2‬‬

‫ﺧﺮوج ﻫﻮا‬

‫ورود آب‬

‫ورود ﻫﻮا‬ ‫ورود ﻫﻮا‬

‫ﺧﺮوج آب‬

‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪Fig. 6-DOUBLE FLOW INDUCED CROSSFLOW TYPE COOLING TOWER‬‬

‫‪AIR INTAKE IS FROM TWO SIDES‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -6‬ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻜﺸﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن دوﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ورود ﻫﻮا از دو ﻃﺮف ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب‬

‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب ﻫﻤﺮاه‬

‫‪a) Circular induced crossflow type cooling tower. Air intake is from all sides with the lowest‬‬
‫‪recirculation effect.‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻜﺸﻲ داﻳﺮه اي‪ ،‬ورود ﻫﻮا از ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻬﺎت ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ اﺛﺮ ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

‫‪60‬‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)

‫ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب ﻫﻤﺮاه‬

‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب‬

‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎ‬

b) Octagonal induced counterflow type cooling tower. Air intake is from 8 sides with the lowest
recirculation effect.
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ اﺛﺮ ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬8 ‫ ورود ﻫﻮا از‬،‫ب( ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻣﻜﺸﻲ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺿﻠﻌﻲ‬

Fig. 7
7 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﻮا‬

‫ورودي آب‬

‫ورودي ﻫﻮا‬

‫ﺧﺮوج ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬

21 Fig. 8-FAN ASSISTED NATURAL DRAUGHT COOLING TOWER

‫ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻓﻦ‬-8 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

2. EFFECT OF ALTITUDE ‫ اﺛﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع از ﺳﻄﺢ درﻳﺎ‬-2

‫ارﺗﻔﺎع از ﺳﻄﺢ درﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ‬
Altitude has effect on design and selection of
cooling tower due to change in ambient air ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﻓﺸﺎر ﻫﻮاي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺰان رﻃﻮﺑﺖ و ﺑﺮ‬
pressure resulting change of moisture content ‫اﺛﺮ آن ﻣﻴﺰان اﻧﺘﺎﻟﭙﻲ ﻫﻮا ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺧﻨﻚ ﺳﺎزي‬
and hence, enthalpy value of air which causes
change in the cooling capacity of the cooling .‫ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﮔﺬار اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺮج ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
tower.

61
 ‫آﺑﺎن ‪Oct 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-160(2‬‬
‫‪3. TYPICAL ARRANGEMENTS‬‬ ‫‪OF‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻃﺮح ﻫﺎي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ از ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ آب‬
‫‪WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS‬‬
‫‪Typical arrangements of water distribution‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ از ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ آب در ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي ‪ 9‬ﺗﺎ ‪13‬‬
‫‪systems are shown in Figs. 9 to 13.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺪر ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺎزل و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭼﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻓﻦ‬

‫ﻛﻔﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اي‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﺤﻮر ﺑﺮج‬

‫ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب‬

‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮاه‬
‫ﻫﻮاﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ورودي‬

‫‪a) Crossflow lower‬‬

‫اﻟﻒ( درﻳﭽﻪ ﻛﺮﻛﺮه اي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬

‫‪62‬‬
 ‫آﺑﺎن ‪Oct 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-160(2‬‬

‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻓﻦ‬

‫ﺳﻜﻮي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب ﻫﻤﺮاه‬

‫ﻫﺪرﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬

‫ﻫﺪر ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ و ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﭼﻜﻪ‬

‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ‬

‫‪b) Counterflow lower‬‬

‫ب( درﻳﭽﻪ ﻛﺮﻛﺮه اي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻌﻜﻮس‬

‫‪Fig. 9-WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM FOR INDUCED CROSS AND COUNTER FLOW TYPE‬‬
‫‪MECHANICAL DRAUGHT COOLING TOWER‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -9‬ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ آب ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ و ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮران ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻜﺸﻲ‬

‫‪63‬‬
 Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)

Fig. 10- SEVEN CELL TOWER WITH INDIVIDUAL SIDE RISERS

‫ ﺑﺮج ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪهﻫﺎي اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ‬-10 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

Fig. 11
11 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

64
Oct 2009 / 1388 ‫آﺑﺎن‬ IPS-G-ME-160(2)

22 Fig. 12
12 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

65
 ‫آﺑﺎن ‪Oct 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-160(2‬‬

‫ﻫﺪرﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻣﺮﻛﺰي‬
‫ﻫﺪر‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﭼﻜﻪاي‬
‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه‬

‫)‪a‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪Central riser, Radial feed‬‬

‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻣﺮﻛﺰي‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫ورودي آب‬

‫ﺧﻮراك دﻫﻨﺪه ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫ﻫﺪر ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬

‫ﻫﺪر ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ داده‬

‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﻫﺪر‬
‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﭼﻜﻪاي‬

‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ‬

‫)‪b‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪Circumferential riser, Radial feed‬‬

‫ب( ﻫﺪر ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫‪Fig. 13‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪13‬‬

‫‪66‬‬